2 Configuring Destination Tables

Chapter 2, Configuring Destination Tables, describes the methods for configuring destination point codes (DPCs) in the database of the EAGLE. The cluster routing and management diversity feature is also discussed in this section.

2.1 Introduction

The SS7 network configuration for the EAGLE requires linksets and routes. These entities use point codes, and these point codes must be defined in the destination point code table of the database. A destination is a node in any network that is uniquely identified by a point code in conjunction with a network indicator. The destination is always the node’s true point code.

The EAGLE supports three types of networks and nodes to carry SS7 traffic, using TCP/IP technology:

  • ANSI
  • ITU International (ITU-I)
  • ITU National (ITU-N)

When nodes in different networks wish to communicate, each node must have its own true point code and an alternate point code for each of the network types involved. For example, if node 1 in an ANSI network, node 2 in an ITU-N network, and node 3 in an ITU-I network wish to communicate with each other, node 1 must have an ANSI true point code and one alternate point code each for the ITU-N and ITU-I network. Node 2 must have an ITU-N true point code and one alternate point code each for the ANSI and ITU-I network. Node 3 must have an ITU-I true point code and one alternate point code each for the ANSI and ITU-N network.

Figure 2-1 shows an example of a mixed network with ANSI, ITU-I, and ITU-N nodes. Each node has one true point code and two alternate point codes.

Figure 2-1 Mixed Network with ANSI, ITU-I, and ITU-N Nodes

img/networksm.jpg

The node’s true point code is also called the destination point code.

This chapter discusses the method for configuring destination point codes (DPCs) in the database of the EAGLE. Destination point codes can be one of five types:

  • Full point codes used for SS7 routing. A full point code is a point code containing numbers in each portion of the point code, for example, 111-011-100. The full point code can be in one of three formats, ANSI, ITU international, or ITU national. See the Point Code Formats section for more information on the point code formats. The EAGLE must have a full point code for each network type (ANSI, ITU-N, ITU-I) it is connected to.
  • Secondary point codes, used by the Multiple Point Code Support feature. A secondary point code is a point code assigned to a full point code and used as if they were the actual EAGLE point code. Secondary point codes can be in one of three formats: ANSI, ITU international, or ITU national. The format of the secondary point code must be the same as the format of the full destination point code. See the Multiple Point Code Support section for more information on secondary point codes.
  • Cluster destination point codes, used by the cluster routing and management (CRMD) feature and nested cluster routing feature. A cluster point code is an ANSI point code containing numbers in the network identifier and network cluster portions of the point code, and an asterisk (*) in the network cluster member field of the point code, for example, 111-011-*. See the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) section and the Nested Cluster Routing section for more information on cluster point codes.
  • Network routing point codes, used by the network routing feature. A network routing point code is an ANSI point code containing a number in the network identifier portion of the point code, and asterisks (*) in the network cluster and network cluster member portions of the point code, for example, 111-*-*. See the Network Routing section for information on network routing point codes.
  • Proxy point codes, used by the Proxy Point Code feature. A proxy point code is a point code that assumes the point code of another node in order to ease the migration of deploying an STP in a network with direct-connect links into other networks. See the Proxy Point Codes section for more information about proxy point codes.

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) feature, the nested cluster routing feature, the multiple point code support feature, and the network routing features are also discussed in this section.

In order to complete the definition of linksets and routes, destination point codes are required to be in the database. Even though linksets use adjacent point codes, the adjacent point code of a linkset must be defined in the destination point code table of the database.

The procedures shown in this chapter use a variety of commands. If more information on these commands is needed, go to Commands User's Guide to find the required information.

2.2 Point Code Formats

The EAGLE supports three different point code formats:

  • ANSI point codes
  • ITU International point codes
  • ITU National point codes (both 14-bit ITU-N point codes and 24-bit ITU-N point codes).

ANSI Point Codes

ANSI point codes are made up of three groups of digits called the network indicator (NI), network cluster (NC), and network cluster member (NCM). The values for ANSI point codes depends on the value of the pctype parameter of the chg-sid command, either ansi or other. If the pctype parameter is set to ansi, the ANSI rules for the ANSI point code are used to define the point code. The range of values for an ANSI point code with the pctype=ansi parameter are:

  • NI – 001-255
  • NC – 001-255 (if ni = 001-005) or 000-255, * (if ni = 006-255)
  • NCM – 000-255, *

The pctype=other parameter specifies that the ANSI point codes do not meet ANSI standards. The range of values for ANSI point codes with the pctype=other parameter are:

  • NI – 000-255
  • NC – 000-255, *
  • NCM – 000-255, *

The asterisk (*) point code value indicates a single cluster address for a cluster point code (for example, 20-2-*) or a network routing destination (21-*-*). for more information on cluster point codes, see the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) section. For more information on network routing point codes, see the Network Routing section.

A double asterisk (**) and triple asterisk (***) can also be used for the NC and NCM fields of the ANSI point code, but for only the rtrv-dstn, rept-stat-dstn, rtrv-rte, and rept-stat-rte commands.

A double asterisk in the NCM field of a point code (for example, 20-2-**) produces a summary report that shows all point code destinations or routes residing in the given cluster (20-2). This does not include the cluster point code, if the cluster point code (for example, 20-2-*) is provisioned. The following examples (rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte) are reports generated using two asterisks in the NCM field of a point code.

rtrv-dstn:dpca=20-2-**


rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
    020-002-045   rlghncbb100 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    020-002-050   rlghncbb100 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7

Destination table is (11 of 2000) 1% full
Alias table is (5 of 8000) 1% full

rtrv-rte:dpca=20-2-**


rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
   DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
   020-002-045 ---------- --------------   lsn1       15    020-002-045
                                           lsn2       20    020-003-036
                                           lsn3       25    001-001-002
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   020-002-050 ---------- --------------   lsn4       15    020-002-050
                                           lsn3       20    001-001-002
                                           lsn2       25    020-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------

A double asterisk in the NC field of a network routing point code (for example, 21-**-*) produces a summary report that shows all point code destinations or routes that are members of the given network (network 21). This does not include the specified network routing point code (for example, 21-*-*). The following examples (rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte) are reports using two asterisks in the NC field of a network routing point code.

rtrv-dstn:dpca=21-**-*


rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
    021-002-045   rlghncbb101 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    021-002-050   rlghncbb101 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7

Destination table is (11 of 2000) 1% full
Alias table is (5 of 8000) 1% full

rtrv-rte:dpca=21-**-*


rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
   DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
   021-002-045 ---------- --------------   lsn10      15    021-002-045
                                           lsn20      20    021-003-036
                                           lsn30      25    010-001-002
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   021-002-050 ---------- --------------   lsn40      15    021-002-050
                                           lsn30      20    010-001-002
                                           lsn20      25    021-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   021-005-*   ---------- --------------   lsn40      15    021-002-050
                                           lsn30      20    010-001-002
                                           lsn20      25    021-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------

Three asterisks in the NCM field of a point code produces a summary report that shows all point code destinations or routes residing in the given network cluster along with the specified cluster point code, if the cluster point code (for example, 20-2-*) is provisioned. The following examples (rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte) are reports using three asterisks in the NCM field of a point code.

rtrv-dstn:dpca=20-2-***


rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 16:00:32 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
    020-002-*     rlghncbb000 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    020-002-045   rlghncbb100 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    020-002-050   rlghncbb100 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7

Destination table is (11 of 2000) 1% full
Alias table is (5 of 8000) 1% full

rtrv-rte:dpca=20-2-***


rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0

   DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
   020-002-045 ---------- --------------   lsn1       15    020-002-045
                                           lsn2       20    020-003-036
                                           lsn3       25    001-001-002
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   020-002-050 ---------- --------------   lsn4       15    020-002-050
                                           lsn3       20    001-001-002
                                           lsn2       25    020-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   020-002-*   ---------- --------------   lsn4       15    020-002-050
                                           lsn3       20    001-001-002
                                           lsn2       25    020-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------

Three asterisks in the NC field of the point code produces a summary report that shows all point code destinations or routes residing in the given network along with the specified network routing point code. The following examples (rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte) are reports using three asterisks in the NC field of a network routing point code.

rtrv-dstn:dpca=21-***-*


rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 16:00:32 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
    021-*-*       rlghncbb001 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    021-002-045   rlghncbb101 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    021-002-050   rlghncbb101 no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7

Destination table is (11 of 2000) 1% full
Alias table is (5 of 8000) 1% full

rtrv-rte:dpca=21-***-*


rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0

   DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
   021-002-045 ---------- --------------   lsn10      15    021-002-045
                                           lsn20      20    021-003-036
                                           lsn30      25    010-001-002
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   021-002-050 ---------- --------------   lsn40      15    021-002-050
                                           lsn30      20    010-001-002
                                           lsn20      25    021-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   021-005-*   ---------- --------------   lsn40      15    021-002-050
                                           lsn30      20    010-001-002
                                           lsn20      25    021-003-036
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
   021-*-*     ---------- --------------   lsn30      20    010-001-002
                                           lsn20      25    021-003-036
                                           lsn40      35    021-002-050
                                               RTX:No  CLLI=-----------

The following rules apply to provisioning ANSI point code if the pctype=ansi parameter is specified with the chg-sid command:

  • The NI value of 0 is not allowed (for example, dpc=0-1-1 and dpc=0-0-0 are not valid point codes).
  • If the NI value is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, then the nc value cannot be 0 (for example, dpc=5-0-1 is rejected).
  • If the NI value is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, then network routing point codes are not allowed (for example, dpc=4-*-* is rejected).

The following rules apply to provisioning ANSI point code if the pctype=other parameter is specified with the chg-sid command:

  • The NI value of 0 is allowed, however dpc=0-0-0 is rejected (for example, dpc=0-1-1 is accepted).
  • The NC value can be 0 for all values of NI (for example, dpc=5-0-1 is accepted).
  • Network routing point codes are allowed for all values of ni (for example, dpc=4-*-* is accepted).

An ANSI point code containing all zeros is not a valid point code and cannot be entered into the database.

ITU International Point Codes

The ITU international point codes are made up of three groups of digits called zone, area, and id. The range of values for ITU International point codes are:

  • ZONE – 0-7
  • AREA – 000-255
  • ID – 0-7

An ITU international point code containing all zeros is not a valid point code and cannot be entered into the database.

14-Bit ITU National Point Codes

The 14-bit ITU national point code is either a 1- to 5-digit number, or 2, 3, or 4 numbers separated by dashes. 14-bit ITU national point codes can also have group codes assigned to them if the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature is on. The group code is a two-character field ranging from AA to ZZ that is entered as the last subfield of a 14-bit ITU national point code and is separated by a dash from the rest of the point code. If the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature is on, the format of a 14-bit ITU national point code is either a 1- to 5-digit number with a group code (for example, 11567-aa), or 2, 3, or 4 numbers separated by dashes with a group code (for example, 5-15-10-3-aa).

For more information on the format of 14-bit ITU national point code formats, see the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section.

For more information on the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature and group codes, see the ITU National Duplicate Point Codes section.

24-Bit ITU National Point Codes

A 24-bit ITU national point code is made up of three segments separated by dashes. Each segment contains three digits and corresponds to 8 bits of the point code. The range of values for 24-bit ITU national point codes are:

  • Main Signaling Area (MSA) – 000-255
  • Sub Signaling Area (SSA) – 000-255
  • Signaling Point (SP) – 000-255

A 24-bit ITU international point code containing all zeros is not a valid point code and cannot be entered into the database.

Spare Point Codes

The provisioning of spare point codes allows the EAGLE to process messages that contain either the International Spare or National Spare network indicator values. Spare point codes can be provisioned only if the ITU National and International Spare Point Code (PC) Support feature is enabled. Only ITU-I and 14-bit ITU-N point codes can be provisioned as spare point codes.

Spare point codes are shown with the prefix “s-” with the point code value. This allows the destination point code table to contain two point code entries with the same value, one a spare point code and one a non-spare point code. For example, the destination point code table contains these point code entries, 2-034-5 and s-2-034-5. Point code 2-034-5 is a non-spare ITU-I point code and point code s-2-034-5 is a spare ITU-I point code.

Private Point Codes

Private point codes are used for internal routing in the EAGLE 5 ISS. Private point codes can be used for internal point codes for the End Office feature, and for adjacent point codes for IPGWx linksets.

Private point codes are shown with the prefix “p-” with the point code value. This allows the destination point code table to contain two point code entries with the same value, one private and one not private. For example, the destination point code table contains these point code entries, 002-002-002 and p-002-002-002. Point code 002-002-002 is a non-private point code that is used for configuring linksets and routes from the EAGLE 5 ISS to external nodes in the network. Point code p-002-002-002 is a private point code and is not known to the external nodes in the network.

By using private point codes for internal routing, these point code values are not known outside of the EAGLE 5 ISS and do not use a point code value for network configuration.

There can be private point codes for all point code types: ANSI, ITU-I, ITU-I Spare, 14-bit ITU-N, 14-bit ITU-N Spare, and 24-bit ITU-N.

Point Code Usage

The ANSI are used in ANSI networks. The ITU international point codes are used in ITU international networks. The ITU national point codes are used in ITU national networks. ITU national point codes can be either 14-bit ITU national point codes, or 24-bit ITU national point codes. Table 2-1 shows a sample destination point code for each type of network.

Table 2-1 Point Code Format

Network Type Point Code Format

ANSI

001-002-003

ITU International

7-255-7

14-bit ITU National

See “14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats”

24-bit ITU National

001-002-003

To enter an ITU international point code, a 14-bit ITU national point code or a 24-bit ITU national point code, either as a DPC or as an alias point code, the self ID of the EAGLE must be defined for these networks. Verify this with the rtrv-sid command. If point code values are shown in the PCI field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then ITU international point codes can be entered. If point code values are shown in the PCN field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then the 14-bit ITU national point codes can be entered. If point code values are shown in the PCN24 field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then 24-bit ITU national point codes can be entered. If a value is shown in the PCN field, then a value cannot be entered in the PCN24 field. If a value is shown in the PCN24 field, then a value cannot be entered in the PCN field.

A destination is defined with a mandatory true point code of one format, and two optional alias point codes that are of the other two formats. Alias point codes are used to provide alternate point codes for a particular destination. The true point code must be of the same format as the point code used for the self ID of the EAGLE and must match the format of the point code used for the destination node. For example, if the destination node uses an ANSI point code, then the true point code must be an ANSI point code.

A destination can have up to two alias point codes. A destination alias point code type must not match that destination's true point code type. If both alias point codes are defined, the point code types of the aliases must not match.

The point code type (ANSI, ITU international, ITU national) is specified by different parameters. A letter that indicates the point code type is appended to the parameter that specifies the point codes. The appended letters are as follows.

“A” – indicates an ANSI point code, for example, dpca

“I” – indicates an ITU international point code, for example, dpci

“N” – indicates a 14-bit ITU national point code, for example, dpcn

“N24” – indicates a 24-bit ITU national point code, for example, dpcn24

The ANSI point codes can also be specified by a point code parameter without the letter “A” appended to it, for example, dpc.

2.3 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats

The format of a 14-bit ITU national point code is defined by the npcfmti parameter of the chg-stpopts command. This parameter defines how the 14-bit ITU national point code is entered into the database, and how it is displayed in any EAGLE outputs (command outputs or unsolicited outputs).

The 14-bit ITU national point code can be either a single number, up to five digits, or two, three, or four numbers separated by dashes. The 14-bit ITU national point code is a 14-bit integer. The values used by the npcfmti parameter of the chg-stpopts command defines the number of bits that make up each part of the point code format, if the 14-bit ITU national point code is made up of two, three, or four numbers.

If the 14-bit ITU national point code format has less than four numbers, the parts of the point code format not being used must be specified as zero (0). All four parts of the point code format must be specified with the npcfmti parameter, no matter how many numbers the point code format will contain, and the sum of the values of all four parts of the point code format must be 14 (for example, NPCFMTI=7-7-0-0, NPCFMTI=0-6-8-0, NPCFMTI=0-0-4-10, NPCFMTI=3-8-3-0, NPCFMTI=14-0-0-0).

If the database contains 14-bit ITU national point codes of a particular format, and the format is changed with the npcfmti parameter of the chg-stpopts command, the format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes in the database will be changed to the new format.

The values of the parts of the 14-bit ITU national point code are defined in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Values

NPCFMTI Parameter Values

0

1

2

3

4

Range of Values

The segment is not used.

0–1

0–3

0–7

0–15

 

NPCFMTI Parameter Values

5

6

7

8

9

Range of Values

0–31

0–63

0–127

0–255

0–511

 

NPCFMTI Parameter Values

10

11

12

13

14

Range of Values

0–1023

0–2047

0–4095

0–8191

0–16383

A 14-bit ITU national point code containing all zeros is a valid point code and can be entered into the database.

When the EAGLE is delivered to the user, the format of the 14-bit ITU national point code is set to 14-0-0-0 (a single number containing up to five digits). If the 14-bit ITU national point code is a single number, the value of the point code is from 1 to 16383.

To change the format of a 14-bit ITU national point code, perform Changing the Format of 14-Bit ITU National Point Codes. The example used in this procedure changes the format of the 14-bit ITU national point code from 14-0-0-0 to 4-4-4-2.

Changing the Format of 14-Bit ITU National Point Codes

Caution:

Changing the formats of the 14-bit ITU national point codes will change how any existing 14-bit ITU national point codes are displayed in the database.
  1. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter by entering the rtrv-stpopts command. The value for the npcfmti parameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI       14-0-0-0
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.
  2. Change the value of the npcfmti parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-stpopts:npcfmti=4-4-4-2

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 00:22:57 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-STPOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    The parameters of the chg-stpopts command are optional. For any parameters not specified with the chg-stpopts command, the values for these parameters are not changed.
  3. Verify the changes using the rtrv-stpopts command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.
  4. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

    Figure 2-2 Changing the Format of an ITU National Point Code


    img/c_14_bit_itu_national_pc_formats_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

Examples of Different 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats

A 14-bit ITU national point code whose format is 3-8-3-0, results in a point code containing three numbers separated by dashes. Because the fourth part of the format is zero, the point code format contains only three numbers. Using Table 2-2 as a guide, the range of values for this point code format are from 0-000-1 to 7-255-7.

A 14-bit ITU national point code whose format is 2-8-3-1, results in a point code containing four numbers separated by dashes. Using Table 2-2 as a guide, the range of values for this point code format are from 0-000-0-1 to 3-255-7-1.

A 14-bit ITU national point code whose format is 7-0-7-0 results in a point code containing two numbers separated by dashes. Because the second and fourth parts of the format are zero, the point code format contains only two numbers. Using Table 2-2 as a guide, the range of values for this point code format are from 000-001 to 127-127.

A 14-bit ITU national point code whose format is 14-0-0-0 results in a point code containing a single number, containing up to five digits. Using Table 2-2 as a guide, the range of values for this point code format are from 1 to 16383.

Exception

The format defined by the npcfmti parameter of the chg-stpopts command applies to all database entities that use 14-bit ITU national point codes, except gateway screening. Gateway screening allows the 14-bit ITU national point code to be displayed and entered in the database only as a single number. If the EAGLE 5 ISS is using a format for the 14-bit ITU national point code other than a single number, the point code will have to be converted from its current format to a single number in order to be used by gateway screening.

Converting Single Number 14-Bit ITU National Point Codes

To convert a single number ITU national point code to a multiple part ITU national point code, perform these steps. For this example, the 14-bit ITU national point codes 14781 and 695 are converted to point codes using the 3-8-3-0 format.

  1. The point code is converted to a binary number. This can be done with most scientific calculators.
    • The number 14781 converts to the binary number 11100110111101.
    • The number 695 converts to the binary number 1010110111.

      Note:

      Make sure the binary number contains 14 digits. If it does not, add leading zeros to the binary number to bring the total number of digits in the number to 14.

      In this example, the binary equivalent for the decimal number 695 (1010110111) contains 10 digits, so four zeros must be added to the beginning of the binary number. The resulting binary number is now 00001010110111.

  2. Divide the binary number into the number of parts required by the format of the 14-bit ITU national point code. For this example, the format is 3-8-3-0. Since the last part of the point code format is 0, the point code format contains only three parts. Divide the point code into three parts: the first part of the point code contains the first three digits of the 14-digit binary number, the second part of the point code contains the next eight digits of the 14-digit binary number, and the third part of the point code contains the last three digits of the 14-digit binary number.

    For this example, the binary numbers would be divided like this:

    • 11100110111101 = 111 00110111 101
    • 00001010110111 = 000 01010110 111
  3. Convert each part of the point code into a decimal number, using the same scientific calculator used in step 1, and separate each part of the point code with dashes. The results are as follows.
    • 111 00110111 101 = 7-55-5
    • 000 01010110 111 = 0-86-7

When the 14-bit ITU national point codes are converted from single numbers to multiple-part point codes, the resulting value of the multiple-part point code depends on the point code format specified by the npcfmti parameter of the chg-stpopts command. When converting the single-number point code 14781 to the point code format 3-8-3-0, the resulting point code value is 7-55-5. If point code 14781 is converted to the point code format 4-4-4-2, the resulting point code value is 14-6-15-1.

Converting Multiple-Part 14-Bit ITU National Point Codes

To convert multiple-part 14-bit ITU national point codes to a single number, perform these steps. For this example, the 14-bit ITU national point codes 7-55-5 and 0-86-7, using the 3-8-3-0 point code format, are converted into a single number.

  1. Convert each part of the point code into a binary number using a scientific calculator. The results are as follows.
    • 7-55-5 = 111 00110111 101
    • 0-86-7 = 000 01010110 111
  2. Combine each part of the point code into a single binary number as follows.
    • 111 00110111 101 = 11100110111101
    • 000 01010110 111 = 00001010110111

      Note:

      If the binary number has any zeros at the beginning of the number, remove these zeros, as they are not necessary.

      In this example, the binary equivalent for the point code 0-86-7 (00001010110111) contains four zeros at the beginning of the binary number. When the leading zeros are removed from the binary number, the resulting binary number is now 1010110111.

  3. Convert the binary number to a decimal number using the same scientific calculator used in step 1.
    • The binary number 11100110111101 converts to the decimal number 14781.
    • The binary number 1010110111 converts to the decimal number 695.

2.4 ITU National Duplicate Point Codes

Note:

This feature applies only to 14-bit ITU national spare and non-spare point codes.

This feature allows an EAGLE mated pair to route traffic for two or more countries that may have overlapping point code values. For example, in the network shown in Figure 2-3, both Country 1 and Country 2 have SSPs with a PC value of 2047.

Figure 2-3 Network Example #1


img/c_itu_n_dpc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

Group Codes

Users must divide their ITU-National destinations into groups. These groups will likely be based on Country. However, one group could have multiple countries within it, or a single country could be divided into multiple groups. The requirements for these groups are:

  • No duplicate point codes are allowed within a group.
  • ITU-National traffic from a group must be destined for a PC within the same group.
  • The user must assign a unique two-letter group code to each group.

For example, in the network shown in Figure 2-4, Country 1 can only have 1 point code with a value of 2047. Traffic coming from SSP 2047 in Country 1 can only be destined to other nodes within Country 1. In this example, the user assigns a group code of 1 to Country 1, and a group code of 2 to Country 2.

When the user enters an ITU-National point code, they must also enter the group code, using the format “point code - group code”. This group code must be used for any command that uses an ITU-N point code.

For example, to provision the EAGLE for the network shown in Figure 2-4, the user would enter these commands:

ent-dstn:dpcn=2047-aa

ent-dstn:dpcn=2048-aa

ent-dstn:dpcn=2047-ab

ent-dstn:dpcn=2049-ab

ent-ls:lsn=LS1:apcn=2047-aa

ent-ls:lsn=LS2:apcn=2047-ab

ent-ls:lsn=LS3:apcn=2048-aa

ent-ls:lsn=LS4:apcn=2049-ab

Group Code aa

The following special rules apply to group code aa:

  • ITU-N MSUs received on an ITU-I linkset are assigned group code of aa.
  • ITU-N destinations entered before this feature is turned on are assigned group code of aa when the ITUDUPPC feature bit is turned on.

Normal Operation

When an ITU-N message arrives at the EAGLE, the EAGLE creates an internal point code based on the 14 bit PC in the message, and the group code assigned to the incoming linkset.

For example, when a message arrives on LS3 with DPC of 2047, the EAGLE maps that to an internal point code of 2047-aa, because LS3 has a group code of aa. The EAGLE then routes the message to LS1, which is the route for 2047-aa.

When a message arrives on LS4 with DPC of 2047, the EAGLE maps that to an internal point code of 2047-ab, because LS4 uses group code ab. The EAGLE then routes the message to LS2, which is the route for 2047-ab.

C Linksets

For each group defined, a separate C-linkset must be defined. This C-linkset is used as the alternate route for point codes in the group.

For example, in Figure 2-4, LSC1 is used for point codes in Group fr. Its adjacent point code is 6201-fr, and is used as the alternate route for 6217-fr, 6218-fr, and 6223-fr.

LSC2 is used for point codes in Group ge. Its adjacent point code is group 4169-ge, and is used as the alternate route for 6200-ge, 6209-ge, and 6217-ge.

Figure 2-4 Network Example #2


img/c_itu_n_dpc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig2.jpg

For example, to provision the EAGLE for the network shown in Figure 2-5, the user would enter these commands:

ent-dstn:dpcn=6201-fr (Mate's true PC)

ent-dstn:dpcn=4169-ge (Mate's secondary PC)

ent-dstn:dpcn=6217-fr (Group fr destinations)

ent-dstn:dpcn=6218-fr

ent-dstn:dpcn=6223-fr

ent-dstn:dpcn=6200-ge (Group ge destinations)

ent-dstn:dpcn=6217-ge

ent-dstn:dpcn=6209-ge

ent-ls:lsn=LSC1:apcn=6201-fr:lst=C (C linkset used by Group fr)

ent-ls:lsn=LSC2:apcn=4169-ge:lst=C (C linkset used by Group ge)

ent-ls:lsn=LSB1:apcn=6217-fr:lst=B

ent-ls:lsn=LSB2:apcn=6200-ge:lst=B

ent-rte:dpcn=6217-fr:lsn=LSB1:rc=10 (primary route for a Group fr destination)

ent-rte:dpcn=6217-fr:lsn=LSC1:rc=20 (alternate route for a Group fr destination)

ent-rte:dpcn=6217-ge:lsn=LSB2:rc=10 (primary route for a Group ge destination)

ent-rte:dpcn=6217-ge:lsn=LSC2:rc=20 (alternate route for a Group ge destination)

Receiving an ITU-National MSU on an ITU-International Linkset

It is possible for the EAGLE to receive ITU-National MSUs on an ITU-International linkset. A linkset is considered an ITU-International linkset if it's adjacent point code is an ITU-International PC. An MSU is ITU-National if it is received on an ITU linkset (National or International), and the NIC field in the SIO is set to 2 (National).

ITU-International linksets do not have a group code. ITU-National MSUs received on ITU-International linksets will be assigned a group code of aa.

Existing ITU National Destinations

Any ITU-National destinations that were entered before Release 26.05 or before the ITU National Duplicate Point Codes feature was turned on will be assigned the group code of aa.

Interaction with Other Features

Gateway Screening

For example, in the network in Figure 2-4, if the user wanted to screen out MSU coming from 6217 in Group ge, but allow MSUs coming from 6217 in Group fr, he or she could assign different screensets to LSB1 and LSB2. The screenset assigned to LSB1 would allow MSUs from OPC 6217. The screenset assigned to LSB2 would block MSUs from OPC 6217.

Multiple Point Codes

The Multiple Point Codes feature (see “Multiple Point Code Support”) must be on in order to turn on the ITU National Duplicate Point Codes feature. For every group that is used, the user must provision either a True PC or Secondary Point Code, using the chg-sid command.

For example, in the network in Figure 2-4, two groups are used having group codes of fr and ge. An ITU-National True Point Code is entered for group fr, and an ITU-National Secondary Point code is entered for group ge.

Conversion between ITU-N and ITU-I or ANSI

Each ITU-N destination and group code can have its own ITU-I or ANSI alias PC. Each ITU-I or ANSI node can be assigned one ITU-N destination. For conversion from ITU-I or ANSI to ITU-N to succeed, the ITU-N alias of the sending node must have the same group code as the destination's group code. So each ITU-I or ANSI node can only send and receive messages from one ITU-N group.

Figure 2-5 Network for Conversion


img/c_itu_n_dpc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig3.jpg

In Figure 2-5, SSP-N1 (2045-bd) is assigned ITU-I alias 1-6-1, and SSP-N2 (2045-xy) is assigned ITU-I alias 1-7-1. SSP-I1 is assigned ITU-N alias 2130-bd and SSP-I2 is assigned ITU-N alias 2131-xy. In this example, SSP-I1 can exchange traffic with nodes in group bd, but not nodes in group xy. SSP-I2 can exchange traffic with nodes in group xy, but not nodes in group bd.

SSP-I1 (1-5-1) can send to SSP-N1 by using the ITU-I alias 1-6-1, But if SSP-I1 tries to send to 2045-xy by using the ITU-I alias 1-7-1, conversion will fail, and the EAGLE will generate UIM 1091 (Indicating OPC conversion failed).

SSP-N1 can send traffic to SSP-I1, but SSP-N2 cannot send traffic to SSP-I1. SSP-N1 sends an ITU-N MSU with DPC set to 2130. The EAGLE assigns a group code of bd to the MSU based on the incoming linkset. The EAGLE then looks up 2130-bd, determines that this is an alias for ITU-I 1-5-1, and routes the MSU to SSP-I1.

If SSP-N2 sends an ITU-N MSU with DPC set to 2130, the EAGLE assigns a group code of xy to the MSU based on the incoming linkset. The EAGLE then looks up 2130-xy, does not find a match, and discards the MSU.

To provision the SSP-N1, SSP-N2, SSP-I1, and SSP-I2 in the network shown in Figure 2-5, the following commands are used:

ent-dstn:dpcn=2045-bd:aliasi=1-6-1

ent-dstn:dpcn=2045-xy:aliasi=1-7-1

ent-dstn:dpci=1-5-1:aliasn=2130-bd

ent-dstn:dpci=1-5-2:aliasn=2131-xy

ent-rte:dpcn=2045-bd:lsn=LSB1:rc=10

ent-rte:dpcn=2045-xy:lsn=LSB2:rc=10

ent-rte:dpci=1-5-1:lsn=LSB3:rc=10

ent-rte:dpci=1-5-2:lsn=LSB3:rc=10

Limitations

The ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature has the following limitations:

  • Duplicate Point Codes are only supported for ITU-National Destinations.
  • ITU-National traffic from a group must be destined for a PC within the same group.
  • No duplicate point codes are allowed within a group.
  • For each group that is provisioned, a separate ITU-N C-linkset must be provisioned.
  • It is not possible to change a destination's group code. If the user wants to move a destination from one group to another, the user must provision a new destination that uses the new group code and delete the old destination.
  • If conversion between ITU-N and ITU-I or ANSI is used, only 1 ITU-N group can send traffic to a specific ANSI or ITU-I node.

2.5 Proxy Point Codes

The Proxy Point Code feature allows the EAGLE to assume the point codes of other nodes in order to ease the migration of deploying an STP in a network with direct-connect links into other networks. For example, if a foreign network SS7 node is directly connected to an SS7 node in the home network, an EAGLE can be deployed so that the transition is transparent to the foreign node. The foreign node can still behave as if it is connected to the original node in the home network. EAGLE will provide routing connectivity in the home network to the foreign node and will allow the foreign node to connect to the home network.

In the examples in Figure 2-6, foreign network Node A connects to home network Node B. Normally, STP C would connect between them, requiring both Node A and Node B to use STP C as the APC. With this feature, Node A does not require any modifications, as STP C provides a proxy point code B. The configuration in this example assume that the self point code of the STP is C.

Figure 2-6 Context of the Proxy Point Code in the Network

img/proxy_point_code_in_network.jpg

A proxy point code can be any of these types of point codes:

  • ANSI
  • ITU-I
  • ITU-I Spare
  • 14-bit ITU-N
  • 14-bit ITU-N Spare
  • 24-bit ITU-N

A proxy point code must be a full point code and cannot be a cluster point code or a network routing point code. Private point codes and secondary point codes cannot be used as a proxy point code.

The following types of signaling links can be assigned to a linkset whose adjacent point code is a proxy point code:

  • LSL
  • ATM-HSL (LIM-ATM and E1-ATM are supported)
  • SE-HSL
  • M2PA.

Feature Provisioning Requirements

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 100 proxy point codes. The proxy point code quantity is enabled in groups of 10 proxy point codes with the enable-ctrl-feat command and these part numbers shown in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3 Proxy Point Code Quantities and Part Numbers

Part Number Proxy Point Code Quantity
893-0187-01 10
893-0187-02 20
893-0187-03 30
893-0187-04 40
893-0187-05 50
893-0187-06 60
893-0187-07 70
893-0187-08 80
893-0187-09 90
893-0187-10 100

Once a proxy point code quantity has been enable, the quantity cannot be decreased.

A temporary feature access key cannot be used to enabled a proxy point code quantity.

Once a proxy point code quantity has been enabled, the proxy point codes are provisioned in the database with the ent-dstn command and the prx parameter. Other point codes can use a proxy point code that is already provisioned in the database. These point codes are provisioned with the ent-dstn command and the ppc parameter.

After the proxy point code has been provisioned in the database, a linkset using the proxy point code can be provisioned in the database. This linkset, referred to as a proxy linkset, is provisioned using the ent-ls command with the adjacent point code of the linkset, the lst=prx parameter, and the ppc parameter. The ppc parameter value is the proxy point code provisioned with the ent-dstn command.

A proxy linkset has the same characteristics as an A linkset.

A proxy point code can be assigned to a maximum of 10 linksets.

Secondary adjacent point codes are not supported on a proxy linkset.

A proxy point code cannot be used as the adjacent point code of an IPGWx linkset.

To provision the Proxy Point Code feature, perform these procedures.

  1. Enable a proxy point code quantity using the enable-ctrl-feat command. Perform Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity. Once a proxy point code quantity is enabled, the Proxy Point Code feature is enabled and turned on. The chg-ctrl-feat command cannot be used to turn the Proxy Point Code feature on.
  2. Provision the proxy point code using the ent-dstn command with the prx and ppc parameters. Perform Adding a Destination Point Code.
  3. Provision the proxy linkset using the ent-ls command with the lst=prx and ppc parameters. Perform Adding an SS7 Linkset .

2.6 Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity

This procedure is used to increase the number of proxy point codes that are allowed in the EAGLE. The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 100 proxy point codes.

The enable-ctrl-feat command enables the proxy point code quantity, in groups of 10 proxy point codes, by specifying the part number for the proxy point code quantity and the proxy point code quantity’s feature access key with these parameters:

Note:

As of Release 46.3, the fak parameter is no longer required. This parameter is only used for backward compatibility.

:fak- The feature access key supplied by Oracle. The feature access key contains 13 alphanumeric characters and is not case sensitive. If you do not have the feature access key for the proxy point code quantity you wish to enable, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number for the proxy point code quantity shown in the following table:

Table 2-4 Proxy Point Code Quantities and Part Numbers

Part Number Proxy Point Code Quantity
893018701 10
893018702 20
893018703 30
893018704 40
893018705 50
893018706 60
893018707 70
893018708 80
893018709 90
893018710 100

The enable-ctrl-feat command requires a valid serial number for the EAGLE to be configured in the database, and that this serial number is locked. This can be verified with the rtrv-serial-num command. The EAGLE is shipped with a serial number in the database, but the serial number is not locked. The serial number can be changed, if necessary, and locked once the EAGLE is on-site, by using the ent-serial-num command. The ent-serial-num command uses these parameters.

:serial – The serial number assigned to the EAGLE. The serial number is not case sensitive.

:lock – Specifies whether or not the serial number is locked. This parameter has only one value, yes, which locks the serial number. Once the serial number is locked, it cannot be changed.

Note:

To enter and lock the EAGLE’s serial number, the ent-serial-num command must be entered twice, once to add the correct serial number to the database with the serial parameter, then again with the serial and the lock=yes parameters to lock the serial number. You should verify that the serial number in the database is correct before locking the serial number. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).

Once the proxy point code quantity is enabled with the enable-ctrl-feat command, the proxy point code is also turned on. The chg-ctrl-feat command is not necessary to turn on the proxy point code quantity.

  1. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If a proxy point code quantity is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output, continue the procedure with Oracle.

    If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 1 shows any controlled features, continue the procedure with Oracle. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows only the HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, 2 through 5 must be performed.

    If a proxy point code quantity is not shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display the serial number in the database with the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    System serial number is not locked.
    rlghncxa03w 07-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    Note:

    If the serial number is correct and locked, continue the procedure with Oracle. If the serial number is correct but not locked, continue the procedure with 5. If the serial number is not correct, but is locked, a proxy point code quantity cannot be enabled and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. Contact the Customer Care Center to get an incorrect and locked serial number changed. Refer to My Oracle Support (MOS) for the contact information. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).
  3. Enter the correct serial number into the database using the ent-serial-num command with the serial parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s correct serial number>

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify that the serial number entered into 3 was entered correctly using the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    System serial number is not locked.
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    If the serial number was not entered correctly, repeat 3 and 4 and re-enter the correct serial number.

  5. Lock the serial number in the database by entering the ent-serial-num command with the serial number shown in 2 , if the serial number shown in 2 is correct, or with the serial number shown in 4 , if the serial number was changed in 3 , and with the lock=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s serial number>:lock=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  6. Enable a proxy point code quantity with the enable-ctrl-feat command specifying the part number for the proxy point code quantity and the feature access key.

    For this example, enter this command.

    enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018703:fak=<30 proxy point codes feature access key>

    Note:

    A temporary feature access key cannot be specified to enable the proxy point code quantity.

    Note:

    The values for the feature access key (thefakparameter) are provided by Oracle. If you do not have the feature access key for the proxy point code quantity you wish to enable, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the enable-ctrl-feat command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENABLE-CTRL-FEAT: MASP B - COMPLTD
    
  7. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand with the proxy point code quantity part number specified in Oracle .

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018703

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Proxy Point Code          893018703  on      30
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  8. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    The following messages should appear. The active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-7 Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

2.7 Changing the DPC Quantity

This procedure is used to increase the number of DPCs that are allowed in the EAGLE beyond what is currently shown in the ent-dstn, dlt-dstn, chg-dstn, and rtrv-dstn outputs. The EAGLE can contain a maximum of one of these quantities: 2000 (system default), 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 DPCs.

To have more than 2000 DPCs in the EAGLE, the 5000 Routes feature must be turned on using the chg-feat command. Turning on the 5000 Routes features allows the EAGLE to contain a maximum of 5000 DPCs. To have more than 5000 DPCs in the EAGLE, either 6000, 7000, or 8000, or 10,000 routesets must be enabled using the enable-ctrl-feat command, in addition to having the 5000 Routes feature turned on. Enabling 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets allows the EAGLE to contain a maximum of 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 DPCs. The rtrv-ctrl-feat command shows whether or not 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are enabled. The rtrv-feat command shows whether or not the 5000 Routes feature is turned on.

Note:

Once the 5000 Routes feature is turned on with the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

The 5000 Routes feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the 5000 Routes feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

Once the maximum DPC quantity is set, the actual number of DPCs allowed in the EAGLE is configured using the mtpdpcq parameter of the chg-stpopts command. The rtrv-stpopts command output, as well as the outputs of the ent-dstn, dlt-dstn, chg-dstn, and rtrv-dstn commands, shows the actual number of DPCs allowed in the EAGLE.

If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on, (shown by the entry CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat output) the mtpxlq parameter is also shown in the rtrv-stpopts output. The mtpxlq parameter defines the maximum number of entries that the exception list (x-list) for the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature can contain. The value of the mtpxlq parameter of the chg-stpopts command can also be changed to more than 2000 destination point codes. For more information on exception lists, see the "Exception Lists (X-lists)" in the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) section.

The enable-ctrl-feat command enables 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets by inputting the part number for the routeset quantity and the routeset quantity’s feature access key with these parameters.

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number for the routeset quantity:

  • For 6000 routesets - 893006401
  • For 7000 routesets - 893006402
  • For 8000 routesets - 893006403
  • For 10,000 routesets - 893006405

:fak – The feature access key supplied by Oracle. The feature access key contains 13 alphanumeric characters and is not case sensitive.

Note:

The values for the feature access key (the fak parameter) are provided by Oracle. If you do not have the feature access key for the routeset quantity you wish to enable, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

The enable-ctrl-feat command requires a valid serial number for the EAGLE to be configured in the database, and that this serial number is locked. This can be verified with the rtrv-serial-num command. The EAGLE is shipped with a serial number in the database, but the serial number is not locked. The serial number can be changed, if necessary, and locked once the EAGLE is on-site, by using the ent-serial-num command. The ent-serial-num command uses these parameters.

:serial – The serial number assigned to the EAGLE. The serial number is not case sensitive.

:lock – Specifies whether or not the serial number is locked. This parameter has only one value, yes, which locks the serial number. Once the serial number is locked, it cannot be changed.

Note:

To enter and lock the EAGLE’s serial number, the ent-serial-num command must be entered twice, once to add the correct serial number to the database with the serial parameter, then again with the serial and the lock=yes parameters to lock the serial number. You should verify that the serial number in the database is correct before locking the serial number. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).

To enable 7000 or 8000 routesets, the DPC table can contain no more than 8000 alias point codes. To enable 10,000 routesets, the DPC table can contain no more than 10,000 alias point codes. The number of alias point codes configured in the EAGLE is shown in the output of the ent-dstn, dlt-dstn, chg-dstn, and rtrv-dstn command outputs in one of two ways, depending on whether or not the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on or off.

If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is off.


rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
Destination table is (10 of 8000) 1% full
Alias table is (8 of 8000) 1% full
RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD

If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on.


rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   8000
    FULL DPC(s):                    9
    EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
    NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
    CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
    TOTAL DPC(s):                  10
    CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
    ALIASES USED:                   8
    CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD

To set the alias point code quantity below 8000 if 7000 or 8000 routesets will be enabled, or 10,000 if 10,000 routesets will be enabled, perform the Changing a Destination Point Code procedure. The alias point codes are removed using this procedure.

The routeset quantities (6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000) cannot be temporarily enabled (with a temporary feature access key) and cannot be disabled with the chg-ctrl-feat command and the status=off parameter. The routeset quantity cannot be decreased to a smaller quantity once a quantity is enabled. For example, if the current routeset quantity of the EAGLE is 7000 routesets, the quantity cannot be reduced to 6000 routesets.

Once any of these routeset quantities are enabled with the enable-ctrl-feat command, they are also activated. The chg-ctrl-feat command is not necessary to activate these routeset quantities.

To enable 10,000 routesets, the EAGLE can contain only E5-based control cards. Refer to Maintenance and Administration Subsystem for more information about the control cards.

  1. Display the DPC quantity currently allowed in the EAGLE by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The DPC quantity is displayed in the MTPDPCQ field of the output. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    MTPDPCQ           1750
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    The MTPDPCQ value cannot exceed one of these totals depending on the features that are enabled or turned on.

    • 2000 – if the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 5000 – if the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 6000 – if 6000 routesets are enabled.
    • 7000 – if 7000 routesets are enabled.
    • 8000 – if 8000 routesets are enabled.
    • 10,000 – if 10,000 routesets are enabled.

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on, the MTPXLQ field will be shown in the rtrv-stpopts command output. The MTPXLQ field shows the maximum number of entries the exception list (x-list) can contain. The sum of the MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ values cannot exceed one of these totals depending on the features that are enabled or turned on.

    • 2500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 5500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 6500 – if 6000 routesets are enabled.
    • 7500 – if 7000 routesets are enabled.
    • 8500 – if 8000 routesets are enabled.
    • 10,500 – if 10,000 routesets are enabled.

    For more information on the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, see the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) section.

    Perform one of the following steps based on the MTPDPCQ value (or MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ values) shown in the rtrv-stpopts output. The values shown in parentheses are the sum of the MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ values.

    • 8001 - 10,000 (8501 - 10,500) – 10,000 routesets are enabled. The only action that can be performed is to change the DPC quantity using the chg-stpopts command. This is the maximum number of routesets the EAGLE can have. Continue the procedure with 14 to change the DPC quantity. If you do not wish to change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.
    • 7001 - 8000 (7501 - 8500) – 8000 routesets are enabled. To enable the 10,000 routeset quantity, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.
    • 6001 - 7000 (6501 - 7500) – 7000 routesets are enabled. To enable the 8000 routeset quantity, continue the procedure with Oracle. To enable the 10,000 routeset quantity, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 8000 or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 8000 or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.
    • 5001 - 6000 (5501 - 6500) – 6000 routesets are enabled. To enable 7000, or 8000, 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 10. To enable the 10,000 routeset quantity, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.
    • 2001 - 5000 (2501 - 5500) – The 5000 Routes feature is on. To enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, perform 2. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.
    • 2000 or less (2500 or less) – Continue the procedure with 2.
  2. Verify that 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If 10,000 routesets are enabled, the Routesets row appears in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output with a quantity of 10,000. The only action that can be performed is to change the DPC quantity using the chg-stpopts command. This is the maximum number of routesets the EAGLE can have. Continue the procedure with 14 to change the DPC quantity. If you do not wish to change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If 8000 routesets are enabled, the Routesets row appears in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output with a quantity of 8000. To enable 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If 7000 routesets are enabled, the Routesets row appears in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output with a quantity of 7000. To enable 8000 routesets, continue the procedure with Oracle. To enable 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 8000 or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 8000 or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If 6000 routesets are enabled, the Routesets row appears in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output with a quantity of 6000. To enable 7000 or 8000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 10. To enable 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 11. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, continue the procedure with 3.

  3. Enter the rtrv-feat command to verify that the 5000 Routes feature is turned on.

    If the 5000 Routes feature is on, the DSTN5000 = on entry appears in the output.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in the Commands Manual.

    If the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and you do not wish to turn the 5000 Routes feature on, or enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, the only action that can be performed is to change the DPC quantity using the chg-stpopts command. However the DPC quantity can be no greater than 2000 DPCs (2500 DPCs if the rtrv-stpopts output in 1 contains the MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ parameters). Continue the procedure with 14 to change the DPC quantity. If you do not wish to change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and you wish to turn the 5000 Routes feature on, or enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the 5000 Routes feature is on, continue the procedure with 6.

  4. Turn the 5000 Routes feature on by entering this command.

    chg-feat:DSTN5000=on

    Note:

    Once the 5000 Routes feature is turned on with the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The 5000 Routes feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the 5000 Routes feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. Verify that the 5000 Routes feature is turned on, by entering the rtrv-feat command.

    If the 5000 Routes feature is on, the DSTN5000 = on appears in the command output.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not being enabled, the only action that can be performed is to change the DPC quantity. If you wish to change the DPC quantity and not enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets, continue the procedure with 14. If you do not wish to enable 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets or change the DPC quantity, this procedure is finished.

    If 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are being enabled, go to 6.

    Note:

    If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 1 shows any controlled features, continue the procedure 10. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows only the HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, 6 through 9 must be performed.
    If 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are being enabled, the serial number of the EAGLE must be in the database and the serial number must be locked. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 2 shows any features in addition to the HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, the serial number is in the database and it is locked. Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If 6000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with Oracle.
    • If 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with 10.

    The HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64 is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 2 whether or not the serial number of the EAGLE is in the database or whether or not the serial number is locked. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows only the HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, the status of the serial number must be verified. Continue the procedure with 6.

  6. Display the serial number in the database with the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    System serial number is not locked.
    rlghncxa03w 07-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    Note:

    If the serial number is correct and locked, continue the procedure with Oracle if 6000 routesets are being enabled. Continue the procedure with 10 if 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are being enabled. If the serial number is correct but not locked, continue the procedure with 9. If the serial number is not correct, but is locked, 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets cannot be enabled and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. Contact the Customer Care Center to get an incorrect and locked serial number changed. Refer to the My Oracle Support (MOS) section for the contact information. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).
  7. Enter the correct serial number into the database using the ent-serial-num command with the serial parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s correct serial number>

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  8. Verify that the serial number entered in 7 was entered correctly using the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    System serial number is not locked.
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    If the serial number was not entered correctly, repeat 7 and 8 and re-enter the correct serial number.

  9. Lock the serial number in the database by entering the ent-serial-num command with the serial number shown in 6, if the serial number shown in 6 is correct, or with the serial number shown in 8, if the serial number was changed in 7, and with the lock=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s serial number>:lock=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If 6000 routesets are not being enabled, continue the procedure with Oracle.

    If 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not being enabled, continue the procedure with Oracle.

    If 7000 routesets are currently enabled, and 8000 or 10,000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with Oracle.

    If 5000 or 6000 routesets are currently enabled and 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with 10.

  10. Verify the number of alias point codes configured in the EAGLE by entering the rtrv-dstn command with the msar=only parameter.

    To enable 7000 or 8000 routesets, the EAGLE can have no more than 8000 alias point codes.

    To enable 10,000 routesets, the EAGLE can have no more than 10,000 alias point codes.

    The msar=only parameter displays only the maximum numbers of different types of point codes the EAGLE can have and the actual numbers of the different types of point codes that are configured in the EAGLE.

    rtrv-dstn:msar=only

    One of two types of outputs are displayed, depending on whether or not the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on or off.

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is off:

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (10 of 8000) 1% full
    Alias table is (8 of 8000) 1% full
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on:

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   8000
        FULL DPC(s):                    9
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  10
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                   8
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If 7000 or 8000 routesets are being enabled and the EAGLE contains more than 8000 alias point codes, perform the Changing a Destination Point Code procedure to reduce the number of alias point codes to an amount below 8000.

    If 10,000 routesets are being enabled and the EAGLE contains more than 10,000 alias point codes, perform the Changing a Destination Point Code procedure to reduce the number of alias point codes to an amount below 10,000.

    When this step has been completed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If 7000 or 8000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with Oracle.
    • If 10,000 routesets are being enabled, continue the procedure with 11.
  11. Display the control cards in the EAGLE by entering this command.

    rtrv-stp:gpl=oamhc

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 16:07:48 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
    Card  Part Number  Rev Serial Number  Type     DB     APPL     GPL Version
    ----  -----------  --- -------------  ----     --     ----     -----------
    1113  870-2903-01  C   10206255064    E5MCAP   1024M  OAMHC    132-018-000
    1115  870-2903-01  C   10206255165    E5MCAP   1024M  OAMHC    132-018-000
    
    Command Completed.
    

    To enable 10,000 routesets, E5-MCAP cards must be installed in card locations 1113 and 1115. If E5-MCAP cards are not shown in either card location 1113 or 1115, install the E5-MCAP cards in card locations 1113 or 1115 as required. Contact the Customer Care Center before installing the E5-MCAP cards. Refer to the My Oracle Support (MOS) section for the contact information.

    After the E5-MCAP cards have been installed, or if E5-MCAP cards are shown in card locations 1113 and 1115 in the rtrv-stp output, continue the procedure with Oracle.

  12. Enable the routeset quantity with the enable-ctrl-feat command specifying the part number for the routeset quantity and the feature access key.
    • To enable 6000 routesets, enter this command.

      enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006401:fak=<6000 Routesets feature access key>

    • To enable 7000 routesets, enter this command.

      enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006402:fak=<7000 Routesets feature access key>

    • To enable 8000 routesets, enter this command.

      enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006403:fak=<8000 Routesets feature access key>

    • To enable 10,000 routesets, enter this command.

      enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006405:fak=<10,000 Routesets feature access key>

    Note:

    A temporary feature access key cannot be specified to enable the routeset quantity.

    Note:

    The values for the feature access key (the fak parameter) are provided by Oracle. If you do not have the feature access key for the routeset quantity you wish to enable, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the enable-ctrl-feat command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENABLE-CTRL-FEAT: MASP B - COMPLTD
    
  13. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand with the routeset quantity part number specified in Oracle.
    • If 6000 routesets was enabled, enter this command.

      rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006401

      The following is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
      The following features have been permanently enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
      Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
      
      The following features have been temporarily enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
      Zero entries found.
      
      The following features have expired temporary keys:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum
      Zero entries found.
      
    • If 7000 routesets was enabled, enter this command.

      rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006402

      The following is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
      The following features have been permanently enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
      Routesets                 893006402  on      7000
      
      The following features have been temporarily enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
      Zero entries found.
      
      The following features have expired temporary keys:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum
      Zero entries found.
      
    • If 8000 routesets was enabled, enter this command.

      rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006403

      The following is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
      The following features have been permanently enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
      Routesets                 893006403  on      8000
      
      The following features have been temporarily enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
      Zero entries found.
      
      The following features have expired temporary keys:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum
      Zero entries found.
      
    • If 10,000 routesets was enabled, enter this command.

      rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006405

      The following is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
      The following features have been permanently enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
      Routesets                 893006405  on      10000
      
      The following features have been temporarily enabled:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
      Zero entries found.
      
      The following features have expired temporary keys:
      
      Feature Name              Partnum
      Zero entries found.
      
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the DPC quantity or exception list quantity are not being changed, continue the procedure with 16.
    • If the DPC quantity or exception list quantity are being changed, continue the procedure with 14.
  14. Change the maximum number of destination point codes that the EAGLE can contain by entering the chg-stpopts command with the mtpdpcq parameter.
    The values that can be specified with the mtpdpcq parameter is shown in the following list.
    • 500 to 2000 – if the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 500 to 5000 – if the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled.
    • 500 to 6000 – if 6000 routesets are enabled.
    • 500 to 7000 – if 7000 routesets are enabled.
    • 500 to 8000 – if 8000 routesets are enabled.
    • 500 to 10000 – if 10000 routesets are enabled.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-stpopts:mtpdpcq=7350

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 00:22:57 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-STPOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the MTPXLQ field (the exception list quantity) is shown in the rtrv-stpopts output in 1, and you wish to change only the MTPXLQ value, enter the chg-stpopts command with the mtpxlq parameter. For example, if you wish to change the exception list quantity to 1000 point codes, enter this command.chg-stpopts:mtpxlq=1000.

    Both the exception list quantity and the maximum of destination point codes can be changed, by entering the chg-stpopts command with both the mptdpcq and mptxlq parameters. For example, if you wish to change the exception list quantity to 1000 point codes and the maximum number of point codes to 6200, enter this command.

    chg-stpopts:mtpxlq=1000:mtpdpcq=6750

    When specifying the mtpxlq parameter with the chg-stpopts command, the resulting sum of the MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ values cannot be greater than the values shown in the following list.

    • 2500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 2000.
    • 5500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 5000.
    • 6500 – if 6000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 6000.
    • 7500 – if 7000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is from 500 to 7000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 6000.
    • 8500 – if 8000 routesets are is enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is from 500 to 8000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 6000.
    • 10500500 to 10500 – if 10000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is from 500 to 10,000.
  15. Verify the changes using the rtrv-stpopts command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    MTPDPCQ           7350
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in the Commands Manual.

    If the mtpxlq parameter was specified in 14, the mtpxlq parameter value will be shown in the MTPXLQ field of the rtrv-stpopts command output.

  16. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-8 Changing the DPC Quantity



Sheet 1 of 8



Sheet 2 of 8



Sheet 3 of 8



Sheet 4 of 8



Sheet 5 of 8



Sheet 6 of 8



Sheet 7 of 8



Sheet 8 of 8

2.8 Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature

This feature allows ITU international (ITU-I) and 14-bit ITU national (ITU-N) spare point codes to be provisioned in the database. To provision these point codes, you must enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature with the enable-ctrl-feat command. Turning this feature on with the chg-ctrl-feat command allows the EAGLE to route messages using ITU-I and 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes.

The enable-ctrl-feat command enables the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature by inputting the feature’s access key and the feature’s part number with these parameters:

:fak – The feature access key provided by Oracle. The feature access key contains 13 alphanumeric characters and is not case sensitive.

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number of the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, 893013601.

Once this feature is enabled, it is permanently enabled. This feature cannot be enabled with a temporary feature access key.

The enable-ctrl-feat command requires that the database contain a valid serial number for the EAGLE, and that this serial number is locked. You can verify this with the rtrv-serial-num command. The EAGLE is shipped with a serial number in the database, but the serial number is not locked. The serial number can be changed, if necessary, and locked once the EAGLE is on-site, with the ent-serial-num command. The ent-serial-num command uses these parameters.

:serial – The serial number assigned to the EAGLE. The serial number is not case sensitive.

:lock – Specifies whether or not the serial number is locked. This parameter has only one value, yes, which locks the serial number. Once the serial number is locked, it cannot be changed.

Note:

To enter and lock the EAGLE’s serial number, you should enter the ent-serial-num command twice, once to add the correct serial number to the database with the serial parameter, then again with the serial and the lock=yes parameters to lock the serial number. You should verify that the serial number in the database is correct before locking the serial number. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).

The chg-ctrl-feat command uses these parameters:

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number of the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, 893013601.

:status=on – used to turn the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support on.

The status of the controlled features in the EAGLE is shown with the rtrv-ctrl-feat command.

Once the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support is enabled, ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes can be added to the EAGLE. To do this, perform these procedures to provision these database entities.

  1. Display the controlled features in the database by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    SCCP Conversion           893012001  on      ----
    EIR                       893012301  on      ----
    GSM Map Screening (GMS)   893013201  on      ----
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is enabled, the entry Spare Point Code Support is shown in the permanently enabled section of the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. If the status of the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is on, no further action can be performed.

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support is enabled but not turned on (shown by the entry off in the Status column), continue the procedure with 7.

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support is not enabled, continue the procedure with 2 .

  2. Display the serial number in the database with the rtrv-serial-num command.

    Note:

    If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 1 shows any controlled features, continue the procedure with 6. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows only the HC-MIMSLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, 2 through 5 must be performed.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    
    System serial number is not locked.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    Note:

    If the serial number is correct and locked, continue the procedure with 6. If the serial number is correct but not locked, continue the procedure with 5. If the serial number is not correct, but is locked, this feature cannot be enabled and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. Contact the Customer Care Center to get an incorrect and locked serial number changed. Refer to My Oracle Support (MOS) for the contact information. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).
  3. Enter the correct serial number into the database using the ent-serial-num command with the serial parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s correct serial number>

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify that the serial number entered into 3 was entered correctly using the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    
    System serial number is not locked.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Command Completed
    
    If the serial number was not entered correctly, repeat 3 and 4 and re-enter the correct serial number.
  5. Lock the serial number in the database by entering the ent-serial-num command with the serial number shown in 2, if the serial number shown in 2 is correct, or with the serial number shown in 4, if the serial number was changed in 3, and with the lock=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s serial number>:lock=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  6. Enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature by entering the enable-ctrl-feat command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893013601:fak=<ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature access key>

    Note:

    The values for the feature access key (the fak parameter) are provided by Oracle. If you do not have the feature access key for the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the enable-crtl-feat command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENABLE-CTRL-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  7. Turn the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature on by entering the chg-ctrl-feat command with the part number used in 6 and the status=on parameter.

    Caution:

    Once the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is turned on, it cannot be turned off.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893013601:status=on

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-CTRL-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  8. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    Spare Point Code Support  893013601 on     ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  9. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    The following messages should appear. The active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED): MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    
  10. To begin adding ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes, perform the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure.

    Note:

    Before executing this procedure, make sure you have purchased the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature. If you are not sure if you have purchased the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

Figure 2-9 Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

2.9 Spare Point Code Feature Migration Plan

Terminology

This section describes how to migrate a signaling network that uses the Duplicate Point Code feature to support a National Spare network to a signaling network that uses the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature to support a National Spare network

The term “enabled” refers to entering the enable-ctrl-feat command to provision the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

The term “turn on” refers to entering the chg-ctrl-feat command to change the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature status to on. After this feature is turned on, all MSU processing is performed using the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature rules.

APC refers to the adjacent point code of a linkset. The APC is the point code of the adjacent node to which messages are routed. The APC can be one of these types of point codes:
  • ANSI point code
  • ITU-International point code
  • ITU-International spare point code
  • 14-bit ITU-National point code
  • 14-bit ITU-National spare point code
  • 24-bit ITU-National point code.

For more information on these point code types, see the Point Code Formats section.

SAPC refers to the secondary adjacent point code that is assigned to a linkset. For more information on secondary adjacent point codes, see the Configuring an ITU Linkset with a Secondary Adjacent Point Code (SAPC) procedure.

National traffic refers to traffic whose messages contain the national network indicator value 2 ( NI=10binary ).

National Spare traffic refers to traffic whose messages contain the national spare network indicator value 3 ( NI=11binary).

Assumptions

The examples used to illustrate the migration process use these assumptions.
  • The group code aa is assigned to the point codes that are assigned to the nodes handling messages that contain the national network indicator value 2 (NI=10binary).
  • The group code ab is assigned to the point codes that are assigned to the nodes handling messages that contain the national spare network indicator value 3 (NI=11binary).
  • Only two nodes support the duplicate point code feature: STP 1 and STP 2.
  • Between pairs of nodes, separate linksets exist for group aa and group ab. In this case, separate linksets exist between STP 1 and STP 2.
  • The nodes are migrated to the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, one at a time, in three stages.
    • Stage one involves upgrading all the nodes to the new software load, enabling the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature for provisioning, and provisioning each node with the required point codes and routes.
    • Stage two involves turning on the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature on an adjacent pair of EAGLEs, one pair of nodes at a time, and changing the routing between these EAGLEs to use a single linkset.
    • Stage three removes the components that are no longer needed after the migration has been completed.
  • After the migration process is complete, a single linkset will remain between pairs of nodes. Each linkset will carry both National and National Spare traffic.
  • A third linkset containing high-speed signaling links will be created to support both the National and National Spare traffic. The other two linksets will be removed later.
  • Prior to merging both National and National Spare traffic for an adjacent pair of nodes onto a single linkset, the customer and Oracle will need to determine whether more links must be added to the linkset to support the higher traffic volume. If the linkset has already reached its limit of 16 links, and more links are required, the customer and Oracle will decide whether the customer must deploy high-speed signaling links.
  • The nis parameter value for all linksets whose point code suffix is ab is set to on.
  • After an EAGLE has been upgraded to the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature, the point codes that will bew assigned to these nodes will have to be provisioned with the same group codes that are currently assigned to these nodes.
  • The routes for the National Spare traffic must be provisioned before the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is turned on for a node.
  • The customer should not lose any traffic during the migration.

Figure 2-10 shows an example network that is not using the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

Note:

For the figures shown in this section, a point code that is prefaced with “s” indicates a spare point code, and a point code that is not prefaced with an “s” indicates a non-spare point code. If a linkset includes an APC (adjacent point code) or SAPC that is prefaced with “s,” the linkset supports traffic to and from ITU-National spare point codes. If the linkset includes an APC or SAPC that is not prefaced with “s,” the linkset supports traffic to and from ITU-National point codes. A linkset that includes both ITU-National and ITU-National spare APC and SAPCs supports both national and national spare traffic. Point codes that are labeled within the STP nodes represent true and secondary EAGLE point codes.

Figure 2-10 Example of an Existing Network that is not using the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature

img/spare_point_code_migration_01_pr_116782.jpg

Stage One

Figure 2-11 shows an example network. The items shown in bold are items that are added during this stage of the migration procedure.

The following steps are performed for each node shown in Figure 2-11, one at a time, as part of this stage of the migration procedure.

  1. Upgrade each EAGLE shown in Figure 2-11 to the software release that contains the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature by performing the appropriate upgrade procedure.
  2. Enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature on each EAGLE shown in Figure 2-11, by performing the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature procedure. Do not turn the feature on at this time.

    Note:

    Provisioning for the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature can be performed once the feature is enabled. Message processing based on this feature is not performed until the feature is turned on.
  3. Add a new true ITU-National spare point code in the self identification table of each EAGLE by performing the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure at each EAGLE. For example, add these point codes:
    • Point code s-3-2-2-ab to STP 1
    • Point code s-2-2-1-ab to STP 2
    • Point code s-5-2-2-ab to STP 3.
  4. Add one secondary ITU-National spare point code to each EAGLE by performing the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure. For example, add these point codes:
    • Point code s-0-0-1-ab to STP 2
    • Point code s-0-0-2-ab to STP 1
    • Point code s-0-0-3-ab to STP 3.
  5. Add a secondary adjacent ITU-National spare point code (SAPC) to the linksets whose APCs have the “ab” suffix by performing the Configuring an ITU Linkset with a Secondary Adjacent Point Code (SAPC) procedure. For example, add these secondary adjacent point codes:
    • SAPC s-0-0-1-ab for linkset LS3 in STP 1
    • SAPC s-0-0-2-ab for linkset LS3 in STP 2
    • SAPC s-5-2-2-ab for linkset LS5 in STP 1
    • SAPC s-3-2-2-ab for linkset LS5 in STP 3
    • SAPC s-1-2-1-ab for linkset LS2 in STP 2
    • SAPC s-7-2-1-ab for linkset LS8 in STP 3.

    This provisioning must be done before National Spare traffic can be routed over the linksets whose APCs have the “ab” suffix using the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature. As a result of this provisioning, linksets LS2, LS3, LS5, and LS8 can support traffic to and from ITU-National spare point codes as well as ITU-National point codes.

  6. Provision the routes for the ITU-National spare point codes provisioned in step 5 by performing one of these procedures as required.

    For example, provision a route to point code s-1-2-1-ab on LS3 at STP 1.

Figure 2-11 Stage One - ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature Provisioned on All Nodes

img/spare_point_code_migration_02_pr_116782.jpg

After Stage One has been completed, as indicated in Figure 2-11, linksets LS2, LS3, LS5, and LS8 are capable of supporting traffic to and from both ITU-National and ITU-National spare point codes. Routing decisions, however, are still made using the Duplicate Point Code rules, as the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature has not been turned on.

Stage Two

After stage one is completed for all nodes, the network continues to have the same linksets that it had before this process was started. The same messages are routed over the same linksets, except the new feature is used for routing on select adjacent nodes (STP 1 and STP 2 in this example). This is shown in Figure 2-12 when the feature is turned on for STP 1 and STP 2. Items in bold are added during this stage.

  1. Turn on MSU processing on STP 1 by turning on the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature. Perform the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature procedure on STP 1 to turn the spare point code feature on.

    At this point, messages arriving at STP 1 with the DPC 1-2-1-aa that contain the national spare network indicator value 3 ( NI=11binary) are routed using linkset LS3 with the new route provisioned in step 6 of Stage One of this procedure (point code s-1-2-1-ab on LS3 at STP 1).

    Messages arriving with DPC 1-2-1-ab that contain the national network indicator value 2 ( NI=10binary) will continue to be routed using linkset LS4.

    Since the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature has not been turned on for STP 2 and STP 3, these nodes continue to route traffic according to the Duplicate Point Code feature rules.

  2. Turn on MSU processing on STP 2 by turning on the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature. Perform the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature procedure on STP 2 to turn the spare point code feature on.

    At this point, messages arriving at STP 2 with DPC 7-2-1-ab that contain the national spare network indicator value 3 ( NI=11binary) are routed using linkset LS5 with the new route provisioned in step 6 of Stage One of this procedure (point code s-7-2-1-ab on LS5 at STP 2).

    Messages arriving with DPC 7-2-1-aa that contain the national network indicator value 2 ( NI=10binary) will continue to be routed using linkset LS6.

  3. Set the nis parameter value for linkset LS3 to off by performing Changing an SS7 Linkset .
  4. Create secondary ITU-National point code 2-2-2-aa on STP 2 and secondary ITU-National point code 3-2-3-aa on STP 1 by performing the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure on STP 1 and STP 2.
  5. Create a third linkset, LS9, that contains high-speed signaling links with these APC and SAPC values:
    • The APC for linkset LS9 on STP 2 is 3-2-3-aa
    • The APC for linkset LS9 on STP 1 is 2-2-2-aa
    • The SAPC for linkset LS9 on STP 2 is s-3-2-2-ab
    • The SAPC for linkset LS9 on STP 1 is s-2-2-1-ab.
    Create linkset LS9 by performing one of these procedures as required:
    • Adding an SS7 Linkset
    • "Configuring an IPGWx Linkset" in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide.
    • "Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset" in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide.
    • "Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset" in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide.
    The traffic from linksets LS3 and LS4 will be merged onto linkset LS9. Linkset LS9 will be the only linkset that will remain between STP 1 and STP 2 after the migration is complete.
  6. Provision linkset LS9 to use high-speed signaling links by performing one of these procedures as requried:
    • Adding an ATM High-Speed Signaling Link
    • "Adding an IPLIMx Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide
    • "Adding an IPGWx Signaling Link procedure in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide
    • "Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link" in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide.
    • "Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link" in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide.
    Make sure that enough slots are available to support these cards.
  7. Change the routes on STP 1 to s-1-2-1-ab and 1-2-1-aa so that all National and National Spare traffic uses linkset LS9 by performing the Changing a Route procedure. At this point, incoming National Spare traffic to STP 1 still uses linkset LS3, and incoming National Spare traffic to STP 1 still uses linkset LS4 until the routes on STP 2 are changed so that all National and National Spare traffic uses linkset LS9.
  8. Provision routes on the adjacent nodes to include the new true and secondary point codes that were added to STP 1 and STP 2. Perform one of these procedures as required.

All traffic (National and National Spare) should now be flowing on linkset LS9.

Figure 2-12 Stage Two - All Traffic Merged onto a Third Linkset

img/spare_point_code_migration_03_pr_116782.jpg

In Figure 2-12, all traffic between STP 1 and STP 2 is routed over linkset LS9, using the national spare network indicator value 3 ( NI=11binary) and the national network indicator value 2 ( NI=10binary) to select the route. Note that linkset LS3 and linkset LS4 are not being used.

Stage Three - Removing Unused Components

The unused components that resulted from the migration need to be removed.

  1. Perform the Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links procedure to remove the unused linksets. For this example, remove linksets LS3 and LS4.
  2. Perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the point codes that were the APCs of the unused linksets. For this example, remove point codes 3-2-2-aa and 3-2-2-ab from STP 2, and 2-2-1-aa and 2-2-1-ab from STP 1.
  3. Perform the Removing a Secondary Point Code procedure to remove the unused secondary point codes. For this example, remove secondary point codes s-0-0-1-ab from STP 2 and s-0-0-2-ab from STP 1.
  4. Perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to remove any unused true point codes. For this example, remove point code 2-2-1-ab from STP 2.

At this point, after all affected linksets have been merged, the situation looks like Figure 2-13. Both National and National Spare traffic between STP 2 and STP 1 are sent over linkset LS9. Traffic between STP 1 and STP 3 continues to route over linkset LS6 for ITU-National point code/group code aa and over linkset LS5 for ITU-National spare point code/group code ab. This is because the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature has been turned on for STP 1 but not for STP 3, so the routes have not been changed between STP 1 and STP 3.

Figure 2-13 Stage Three - All Traffic Merged onto Linkset LS9

img/spare_point_code_migration_04_pr_116782.jpg

2.10 Multiple Point Code Support

Currently, the EAGLE supports six true point codes:

  • ANSI point code
  • ITU international point code
  • ITU international spare point code
  • 14-bit ITU national point code
  • 14-bit ITU national spare point code
  • 24-bit ITU national point code.

    Note:

    The ITU national point code can be either 14-bit ITU national - spare and non-spare - or 24-bit ITU national. Both 14-bit ITU national and 24-bit national point codes cannot be present in the EAGLE at the same time.

In addition, the EAGLE supports up to 96 capability point codes, each of which can be designated as either ANSI, ITU-I (spare and non-spare), 14-bit ITU-N (spare and non-spare), or 24-bit ITU-N. Each capability point code defined on an EAGLE node can be used for routing messages to that node. For various reasons, customers might need the EAGLE to support more than one true point code in a particular domain.

There are three main reasons driving this feature:

  • Some customers desire to collapse multiple existing STP's into one EAGLE. This can present problems in that end offices and other nodes may not be controlled by the carrier making reprovisioning of these network elements difficult. Multiple Point Code (MPC) support is designed to allow the EAGLE to assume more than one point code for SS7 routing. MPC support is different in concept from capability point codes in that provisioning and routing will use secondary point codes as if they were the actual point code of the EAGLE.
  • Several customers in the international market want to deploy a single STP pair in multiple national (ITU-N) networks. This may not be possible without the MPC feature, as these operators are often forced to use a unique point code assigned by each national regulator of these target countries.
  • Customers may require additional links between two nodes beyond the number of links permitted by the protocol. For example, the maximum number of links between two nodes in an ITU network is 16. The MPC feature can allow for additional linksets between these nodes, increasing the number of links that can be used.

    This feature adds the ability to support Secondary Point Codes (SPCs) in addition to the true point codes used by the EAGLE in any of the three domains ANSI, ITU-N (14-bit or 24-bit) and ITU-I. Secondary point codes are used by provisioning and routing as if they are the true point code of the EAGLE. SPCs are supported for any type of link (A, B, C, D, etc.). There is no effect on provisioning capability point codes as a result of this feature.

    In addition to the one True Point Code (TPC) already supported for each of the ANSI, ITU-N (14-bit or 24-bit) and ITU-I domains, the EAGLE support a pool of 40 Secondary Point Codes (SPC), each of which may be assigned as either ANSI, ITU-I, 14-bit ITU-N, or 24-bit ITU-N (not to exceed a total of 40 in one EAGLE). SPCs can be used in the same ways that true PCs are used.

Replacing Two STP Pairs with One Pair

The following example shows how an EAGLE pair can replace two existing STP pairs. In this example, each EAGLE in the pair uses one true point code and one secondary point code.

As shown in Figure 2-14, a new EAGLE first replaces one existing STP pair. In this case, EAGLE's true point code is set to the true point code of the old STP. The adjacent nodes are cut over to the EAGLE pair. The adjacent nodes do not need to be reconfigured.

Figure 2-14 Replacing the First STP Pair


img/c_multiple_pc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

Next, a second STP pair is replaced with the EAGLE pair. As shown in Figure 2-15, an SSP and an STP are being “re-homed” from an old STP pair to a new EAGLE pair. In this example, the STP (003-003-003) is reconfigured with new routes to recognize that it is now connected to EAGLE 1 and EAGLE 2 instead of 001-001-001 and 001-001-002. STP 003-003-003, if not an EAGLE with Multiple Point Codes, may not be able to support more than one linkset to the same point code. See Multiple Linksets between Two Nodes section for a description of this capability. The interconnecting device (STP or SSP) can use either the TPC or SPC as the device requires.

At EAGLE 1, the user would configure the secondary point code 001-001-001, using the ent-spc command. The user would also configure a route to 001-001-002 over the C-linkset. The user would then configure point code 004-004-004 in the EAGLE's database to indicate that this point code uses the secondary point code 001-001-001, instead of the EAGLE's true point code (chg-dstn:dpc=004-004-004:spc=001-001-001. This last step would be repeated for all other adjacent SSPs and SCPs that are re-homed from the old STP Pair to the new EAGLE Pair.

Similarly, at EAGLE 2, the user would configure the secondary point code 001-001-002, and configure a route over the C-link to 001-001-001. The user would also configure point code 004-004-004 in EAGLE 2's database to indicate that this point code uses the secondary point code 001-001-002, instead of the EAGLE's true point code.

When EAGLE 1 receives a message from the SSP destined for 001-001-001, the EAGLE 5 ISS processes the message as if the message was sent to the EAGLE's true point code.

When EAGLE 1 generates a message (for example, network management, link test messages, or GTT messages) that is destined for 004-004-004, EAGLE 1 puts the OPC 001-001-001 in the message. When EAGLE 5 ISS 1 generates a message that is destined for 003-003-003 or 005-005-005, it puts the OPC 002-002-001 in the message. When EAGLE 1 generates GTT and SCMG messages that are destined for non-adjacent point codes, it includes the OPC 002-002-001 in the message.

Figure 2-15 Replacing a Second STP Pair


img/c_multiple_pc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig2.jpg

Multiple Linksets between Two Nodes

With this feature, it is possible to configure multiple linksets between two nodes, if the adjacent node also supports Multiple Point Codes. The EAGLE continues to enforce the rule that each linkset must have a different adjacent point code.

One reason for provisioning multiple linksets between two nodes is to increase the number of links that can be configured between STP pairs. For example, in Figure 2-16, the EAGLE is connected to an STP pair that supports multiple point codes. Without this feature, only 16 ITU links can be configured between the EAGLE and the STP pair (8 links in LS1 and 8 links in LS2). In this example, two linksets are added, increasing the number of links to 32 (8 links in each of LS1, LS2, LS3, and LS4).

Figure 2-16 Multiple Linkset Example


img/c_multiple_pc_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig3.jpg

In this example, the adjacent point code (APC) for LS1 is 4-1-0 and the APC for LS2 is 4-1-1. 4-1-1 is assigned an SPC of 3-1-1. So adjacent, Adj Node1 sees LS1 as having an APC of 3-1-0, and LS2 as having an APC of 3-1-1.

To load balance over these 4 linksets, half the destinations that use the STP pair can be assigned LS1 and LS3 as a combined linkset. The other half of the destinations can be assigned LS2 and LS4 as a combined linkset.

The commands to provision EAGLE1 for the network shown in Figure 2-16 are:

chg-sid:pc=3-1-0

ent-spc=3-1-1

ent-dstn:dpc=4-1-0

ent-dstn:dpc=4-1-1:spc=3-1-1

ent-dstn:dpc=4-1-5

ent-dstn:dpc=4-1-6:spc=3-1-1

ent-dstn:dpc=5-5-1

ent-dstn:dpc=5-5-5

ent-ls:lsn=ls1:apc=4-1-0

ent-ls:lsn=ls2:apc=4-1-1

ent-ls: lsn=ls3:apc=4-1-5

ent-ls: lsn=ls4:apc=4-1-6

ent-rte:dpc=4-1-0:lsn=ls1:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=4-1-1:lsn=ls2:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=4-1-5:lsn=ls3:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=4-1-6:lsn=ls4:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=5-5-1:lsn=ls1:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=5-5-1:lsn=ls3:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=5-5-5:lsn=ls2:rc=10

ent-rte:dpc=5-5-5:lsn=ls4:rc=10

Local Number Portability

Note:

Local number portability supports only ANSI point codes.

The EAGLE allows only the true point code to be entered into the mated application table. Also, the EAGLE continues to allow the user to enter translations to the true point code. However, the EAGLE does not allow the user to enter translation to a secondary point code.

If a node sends a rt-on-gt query, the node should set the query's DPC to the EAGLE's capability point code. If a node sends an rt-on-ssn query, the node should set the query's DPC to the true point code or secondary point code used by that node. If the node has a secondary point code, then the query’s DPC is set to the secondary point code. If the node does not have a secondary point code, then the query’s DPC is set to the true point code.

rt-on-gt Queries from a Node That Uses Secondary Point Codes

Nodes that send rt-on-gt queries should use the capability point code, regardless of whether these nodes use a true or a secondary point code.

  1. The node sends a query containing this information:
    • The DPC is the capability point code of the EAGLE's LNP subsystem.
    • The routing indicator in the called party address is GT.
    • The point code in the calling party address is the node's point code.
  2. The result of the translation contains this information:
    • The DPC is the EAGLE’s true point code.
    • The routing indicator in the called party address is SSN.
    • The subsystem number in the calling party address is the LNP subsystem number.
  3. The LNP subsystem sends a reply with this information:
    • The DPC is the calling party address’ point code.
    • The OPC is the EAGLE’s secondary point code.
    • The routing indicator in the called party address is SSN.
In this case, if the local subsystem fails or is taken offline, the EAGLE sends a response method TFP containing this information:
  • The DPC is the node's point code.
  • The OPC is the EAGLE’s secondary point code.
  • The concerned point code is the EAGLE's capability point code.

This TFP causes the node to divert traffic to the mate.

If a node sends an rt-on-gt query to either the EAGLE's true point code or a secondary point code, the EAGLE cannot divert traffic to the mate. In this case, the EAGLE does not send a TFP concerning the secondary point code or the true point code, so the node will not divert traffic to the mate.

rt-on-ssn queries from a Node That Uses Secondary Point Codes

It is possible that nodes using a secondary point code will send rt-on-ssn queries. In this case, these nodes should send the queries to the secondary point code. The EAGLE will accept rt-on-ssn queries from these nodes if the DPC is the true point code or a secondary point code. However, SCCP management will not work correctly if the rt-on-ssn queries do not use the true point code or a secondary point code associated with the sending node.

  1. Nodes send queries to the EAGLE with this information:
    • The DPC is the EAGLE’s secondary point code.
    • The routing indicator in the called party address is SSN.
    • The subsystem number in the called party address is the LNP subsystem number.
    • The subsystem number is the LNP subsystem number.
    • The point code in the calling party address is the node's point code.
  2. The LNP subsystem sends a reply with this information:
    • The DPC is the point code in the calling party address.
    • The OPC is the secondary point code.
    • The routing indicator in the called party address is SSN.
    • The point code in the calling party address is the secondary point code.
In this case, if the EAGLE’s LNP subsystem fails or is taken offline, the EAGLE broadcasts an SSP (assuming that the node is in the concerned point code group) with this information:
  • The DPC is the node's point code.
  • The OPC is the secondary point code.
  • The affected point code is the secondary point code.
  • The affected subsystem number is the LNP subsystem number.

Limitations

The same adjacent point code cannot be used for two different links.

Local EAGLE subsystems (for example, LNP) must use the True Point Code.

2.11 Adding a Secondary Point Code

This procedure is used to add a secondary point code to the database using the ent-spc command.

The ent-spc command uses only one parameter: spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 – the secondary point code.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

The secondary point code must be a full point code. Cluster and network routing point codes cannot be specified as a secondary point code.

The Multiple Point Code Support feature must be on to configure secondary point codes in the database. This can be verified with the entry MPC = on in the rtrv-feat command output. If the Multiple Point Code Support feature is not turned on, enter the chg-feat:mpc=on command.

Note:

Once the Multiple Point Code Support feature is turned on with the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

The Multiple Point Code Support feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the Multiple Point Code Support feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

The database can contain up to 40 secondary point codes.

The secondary point code cannot be defined in the database as the true point code of the EAGLE, a capability point code, a destination point code, or an alias point code. The true point code and capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid command output. The destination point codes and alias point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn command output.

The secondary point code cannot be shown in the rtrv-pct output as an EPC (emulated point code) value.

For the examples in this procedure, these secondary point codes are being added to the database:

ANSI secondary point code = 010-100-010

ITU secondary international point code = 4-100-1

14-bit ITU secondary national point code = 14-15-12-1

The format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes used in these examples is 4-4-4-2.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current secondary point codes, using the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
    
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
    
    SPC-N
            10-01-11-1
            13-02-12-0
    
    SPC-N24
    
    none
    
    Secondary Point Code table is (8 of 40) 20% full
    

    If the secondary point code table is full, shown by the entry Secondary Point Code table is (40 of 40) 100% full, go to the Removing a Secondary Point Code procedure and remove a secondary point code from the database.

    If error message E3867 Cmd Rej: MPC feature must be enabled is displayed, the EAGLE has detected that the multiple point code support feature is off and the rtrv-spc command will not display any data. Continue the procedure with 2 to verify that the multiple point code support feature is off.

  2. Verify whether or not the multiple point code support feature is on, by entering the rtrv-feat command.

    If the multiple point code support feature is on, the MPC field should be set to on. For this example, the multiple point code support feature is off.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the multiple point code support feature is on, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the rtrv-feat command output shows that the multiple point code support feature is on, but error message E3867 was displayed when the rtrv-spc command was entered, contact the Customer Care Center. Refer to My Oracle Support (MOS) for the contact information.

    If group codes are to be assigned to the ITU-N secondary point code, and none are currently displayed in the rtrv-spc command output, the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature must be on. This is shown by the entry ITUDUPPC = on in the rtrv-feat command output.

  3. Turn the multiple point code support feature on by entering this command.
    chg-feat:mpc=on

    Note:

    Once the multiple point code support feature is turned on with the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The multiple point code support feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the multiple point code support feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 00:57:31 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If group codes are shown for the 14-bit ITU-N secondary point codes in the rtrv-spc command output, if 24-bit ITU-N secondary point codes are being configured, or the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature is on, continue the procedure with 5.
  4. Turn the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature on by entering this command.
    chg-feat:ituduppc=on

    Note:

    Once the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature is turned on with the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 00:57:31 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command to verify the point code values in the self-identification of the EAGLE, and to verify the point code types defined in the EAGLE.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       100-100-100     3-75-7       7-9-8-1            rlghncxa03w       OTHER
       
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
       
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
       
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
       
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    

    To enter an ANSI secondary code with the ent-spc command, a point code must be shown in the PCA field of the rtrv-sid command output.

    To enter an ITU-I secondary point code with the ent-spc command, a point code must be shown in the PCI field of the rtrv-sid command output.

    To enter a 14-bit ITU-N secondary point code with the ent-spc command, a point code must be shown in the PCN field of the rtrv-sid command output.

    To enter a 24-bit ITU-N secondary point code with the ent-spc command, a point code must be shown in the PCN24 field of the rtrv-sid command output.

    If the required type of point code is shown in the rtrv-spc output in 1 or is shown in the rtrv-sid output in this step, continue the procedure with 6.

    If the required type of point code is not shown in the PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 fields of the rtrv-sid command output, go to the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure and add the required point codes.

  6. Display the current destination point codes using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3     SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0    SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       240-012-008   --------    yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2    SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1     SS7
       2-131-2       --------    no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2     SS7
       2-131-3       --------    no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3     SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       10-15-2-3     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                    9
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  11
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  18
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If the spcn parameter is not being used in this procedure, continue the procedure with 9.
  7. Display the PCT entries by entering the rtrv-pct command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        EPCA             FILTPCA          REALPCA      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        001-001-001      *                240-012-006   5  ---  10
    
        ECICS = 10          ECICE = 20
        RCICS = 30          RCICE = 40
    
        EPCI             FILTPCI          REALPCI      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        1-001-2          2-131-2          2-131-3       3   10  ---
    
        ECICS = ----------  ECICE = ----------
        RCICS = ----------  RCICE = ----------
    
        EPCN             FILTPCN          REALPCN      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        13-11-14-1       *                10-15-2-3     *  ---  ---
    
        ECICS = ----------  ECICE = ----------
        RCICS = ----------  RCICE = ----------
    
    
     Unique EPC    is 3 of 250
     Unique RealPC is 3 of 250
    
    PCT table is (3 of 1000) 1% full.
    

    Note:

    If the spcn parameter is not being used in this procedure, continue the procedure with 9.
  8. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The value for the npcfmti parameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If you wish to change the format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes, go to the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section. Changing the formats of the 14-bit ITU national point codes will change how any existing 14-bit ITU national point codes are displayed in the database.

  9. Add the secondary point code, using the ent-spc command.

    The secondary point code being added in this procedure cannot match any of the point code values shown in the rtrv-sid output in 5, and any of the DPC or alias point code values shown in the rtrv-dstn output in 6.

    The secondary point code being added in this procedure cannot match the EPC (emulated point code) value shown in the rtrv-pct output in 7.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    ent-spc:spca=010-100-010

    ent-spc:spci=4-100-1

    ent-spc:spcn=14-15-12-1

    When each of these commands has successfully completed, this is an example of the message that should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    ENT-SPC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  10. Verify the changes using the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
         010-100-010
    
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
             4-100-1
    
    SPC-N
            10-01-11-1
            13-02-12-0
            14-15-12-1
    
    SPC-N24
    
    none
    
    Secondary Point Code table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    
  11. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-17 Adding a Secondary Point Code



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

2.12 Removing a Secondary Point Code

This procedure is used to remove a secondary point code from the database using the dlt-spc command.

The dlt-spc command uses only one parameter: spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 – the secondary point code.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

The secondary point code being removed from the database must be in the database, but cannot be referenced by any destination point codes or by any linksets. Entering the rtrv-dstn command with either the spca, spci, spcn, or spcn24, depending on the point code type of the secondary point code being removed from the database, shows the destination point codes that are referencing the secondary point code being removed from the database.

Entering the rtrv-ls command with either the spca, spci, spcn, or spcn24, depending on the point code type of the secondary point code being removed from the database, shows the linksets that are referencing the secondary point code being removed from the database.

For the example in this procedure, secondary point code 010-100-010 is being removed from the database.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the secondary point codes in the database, using the rtrv-spc command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
         010-100-010
    
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
             4-100-1
    
    SPC-N
            10-01-11-1
            13-02-12-0
            14-15-12-1
    
    SPC-N24
    
    none
    
    Secondary Point Code table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    
  2. Display the destination point codes that reference the secondary point code being removed from the database using the rtrv-dstn command with either the spca, spci, or spcn parameters.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:spca=010-100-010

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    SPCA   =    010-100-010
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3     SS7
    
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0    SS7
    
    Destination table is (16 of 2000) 1% full 
    Alias table is (9 of 8000) 1% full
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    • If no DPCs are shown in this step, skip step 3 and go to step 4.
    • If DPCs are shown in this step, continue the procedure with step 3.
  3. Remove the reference to the secondary point code using the chg-dstn command and specifying the destination point codes shown in step 2 with either the dpca, dpci, or dpcn parameters, and with either the spca=none, spci=none, or spcn=none parameters, depending on the type of point codes being used. For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-dstn:dpca=240-012-004:spca=none

    chg-dstn:dpca=240-012-005:spca=none

    When this command has successfully completed, and the cluster routing and management diversity feature is turned off (CRMD = off in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (16 of 2000) 1% full
    CHG-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the cluster routing and management diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear when each command has successfully completed.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-5-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   14
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  16
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                   8
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    CHG-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    After this step has been performed,.skip steps 4 and 5 and go to step 6.

  4. Display the status of the Multiple Linksets to Single APC feature by entering this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893019701

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Multiple Linkset to APC   893019701  on      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.

    If the Multiple Linksets to Single APC feature is enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with step 5.

    If the Multiple Linksets to Single APC feature is not enabled or turned on, skip step 5 and go to step 6.

  5. Display the linksets that reference the secondary point code that is being removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the secondary point code value.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:spca=010-100-010

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
    SPCA   =    010-100-010
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsn1          002-002-002   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    lsn2          003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   3    off off off no    off
    
    
    Link set table is (12 of 1024) 1% full.

    If linksets are shown in this step, these linksets must be removed before the secondary point code can be removed. Perform the Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links procedure to remove the linksets. After the linksets have been removed, continue the procedure with step 6.

    If no linksets are shown in this step, continue the procedure with step 6.

  6. Remove the secondary point code, using the dlt-spc command. For this example, enter this command.

    dlt-spc:spca=010-100-010

    When this command has successfully completed, this is an example of the message that should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (10 of 40) 25% full
    DLT-SPC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  7. Verify the changes using the rtrv-spc command specifying the secondary point code specified in step 6.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-spc:spca=010-100-010

    When this command has successfully completed, this is an example of the message that should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    Secondary Point Code specified is not provisioned
    
    Secondary Point Code table is (10 of 40) 25% full
    
  8. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-18 Removing a Secondary Point Code



2.13 Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE

This procedure is used to add a true point code to the self-identification of the EAGLE using the ent-sid command. Adding the point code using this procedure instead of the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure does not require the EAGLE to be re-initialized after the point code is added.

However, if you wish to add a capability point code, change an existing true point code, change the CLLI value, or the pctype parameter value in the self-identification, the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure must be used.

The ent-sid command uses these parameters:

:pc/pcaANSI point code

:pciITU-I or ITU-I spare point code

:pcn – 14-bit ITU-N or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code

:pcn24 – 24-bit ITU-N point code

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

The network type of the point code being added in this procedure cannot be the same as the network type of any point codes shown in PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 columns in the rtrv-sid output. For example, if an ANSI point code is shown in the rtrv-sid output (a point code in the PCA column), then the pc/pca parameter cannot be specified in this procedure.

However, the self-identification can contain both spare and non-spare point codes for the PCI and PCN values. If the rtrv-sid output contains an ITU-I point code, but does not contain an ITU-I spare point code, the pci parameter can be specified with an ITU-I spare point code value. If spare and non-spare point codes are shown for the PCI value, then the pci parameter cannot be specified in this procedure. This is also true for 14-bit ITU-N and 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes.

The point code of the EAGLE cannot match the capability point codes of the EAGLE or any destination point codes or alias point codes. Capability point code are shown in the rtrv-sid output. Destination point codes and alias point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn output.

The point code of the EAGLE must be a full point code and cannot be a cluster point code. The point code containing all zeros cannot be used as a value for these parameters.

The point code value for the pcn parameter (either 14-bit ITU-N or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code) must match the format defined by the NPCFMTI parameter of the rtrv-stpopts output. If group codes are shown for the 14-bit ITU-N point codes in the rtrv-sid output, then a group code must be specified with the pcn parameter value. The group code must match the group codes shown in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-spc outputs.

  1. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       001-001-001     1-200-6      10-13-9-3          rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
      
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    

    If the network type of the point code being added in this procedure matches the network types of the point codes shown in the PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 columns, this procedure cannot be performed. Perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to change the point codes shown in these columns.

    Note:

    If an ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code is displayed in the rtrv-sid output in step 1, or if an ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code is not being added in this procedure, skip step 2 and go to step 3.
  2. Verify whether or not the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand with the part number of this feature.

    Enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893013601

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    Spare Point Code Support  893013601 on     ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is not enabled, perform the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature procedure to enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

    Note:

    If the pcn parameter is not being used in this procedure, skip this step and step 4, and go to step 5.
  3. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter, by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The value for the npcfmti parameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    Note:

    If the rtrv-sid output in step 1 shows group codes assigned to the 14-bit ITU-N point codes, then a group code must be assigned to the pcn parameter value specified in this procedure. This group code must be shown in either the rtrv-sid output or the rtrv-spc output. If the group code being assigned to the pcn parameter value is shown in the rtrv-sid output, skip step 4 and go to step 5.
  4. Display the secondary point codes in the database, using the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
         010-100-010
    
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
             4-100-1
    
    SPC-N
            10-01-11-1
            13-02-12-0
            14-15-12-1
    
    SPC-N24
    
    none
    
  5. Verify whether or not the point code being added in this procedure is a DPC value in the DPC table by entering the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the point code value that is being added in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:dpci=s-3-75-7

    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=s-7-9-8-1

    When each of these commands have been executed, the following output is displayed showing that the specified point code is not in the DPC table.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    No destinations meeting the requested criteria were found
    
    Destination table is (22 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (18 of 8000) 1% full
    
  6. Verify whether or not the point code being added in this procedure is an alias point code in the DPC table by entering the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the point code value that is being added in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:aliasi=s-3-75-7

    rtrv-dstn:aliasn=s-7-9-8-1

    When each of these commands have been executed, the following output is displayed showing that the specified point code is not an alias point code in the DPC table.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    No destinations meeting the requested criteria were found
    
    Destination table is (22 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (18 of 8000) 1% full
    

    If the point code specified in steps 5 and 6 is shown in the DPC table, choose another point code to add to the self-identification and repeat steps 5 and 6.

    If the point code specified in steps 5 and 6 is not shown in the DPC table, go to step 7.

  7. Add the point code to the self-identification of the EAGLE using the ent-sid command with the pca, pci, pcn, or pcn24 parameters and according to these rules.
    • If the pcn parameter is specified with the ent-sid command, the pcn24 parameter cannot be specified.
    • If the pcn24 parameter is specified with the ent-sid command, the pcn parameter cannot be specified.
    • For pcn parameter values, the format of the point code must match the format defined by the NPCFMTI parameter of the rtrv-stpopts output. If group codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output in step 1, a group code must be assigned to the pcn parameter value being added in this procedure. This group code must be shown either in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-spc output.
    • The point code values must be full point codes.
    • The ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature must be enabled to specify an ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code.
    • The point code specified in this procedure cannot be defined as a capability point code.
    • See "ANSI Point Codes" in the Point Code Formats section for information about entering ANSI point codes.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-sid:pci=s-3-75-7:pcn=s-7-9-8-1

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 09:17:40 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SID: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  8. Verify the changes using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       001-001-001     1-200-6      10-13-9-3          rlghncxa03w       OTHER
                     s-3-75-7     s-7-9-8-1
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005      006-006-006
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    
  9. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-19 Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

2.14 Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE

This procedure is used to change the self-identification of the EAGLE using the chg-sid command. The self-identification of the EAGLE is a set of point codes made up of a true point code (PC) and a capability point code (CPC) for each network type to which the EAGLE is connected. A capability point code identifies a group of nodes that have similar capabilities, for example, global title translation.

Caution:

Use this procedure only during periods of low traffic. If the EAGLE’s point code, defined by the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter, is changed with the procedure, the EAGLE must be reinitialized with the init-sys command. The init-sys command reboots the entire EAGLE and reloads all cards with the updated self-identification information.

Therstrdev value of thechg-stpopts command can be used to turn on the Persistent Device States (PDS) feature. If PDS is on, the current device states for cards, signaling links, and terminals are restored after the init-sys command has executed. Refer to the chg-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide for more information about PDS.

Note:

If the PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 fields in the rtrv-sid output do not contain any values, and you only wish to add these values, it is recommended that the “Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE” procedure procedure be used to add these values instead of using this procedure as the “Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE” procedure does not require the EAGLE to be re-initialized after the point code value is added.

The chg-sid command uses these parameters:

:pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 – The point code used to uniquely identify the EAGLE or, with the value none, the point code is defined by the pc/pca/pcn24 parameter is removed from the database. Removing the pci or pcn value should be done by using the npci or npcn parameters.

:cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24 – The point code used to identify a group of functionally related nodes in the signaling network to which the EAGLE belongs. This point code is called the capability point code.

:ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/ncpcn24 – The new capability point code that replaces an existing capability point code in the database or, with the value none, removes an existing capability point code from the database.

:npci/npcn – The new ITU-I (npci) or 14-bit ITU-N (npcn) point code used to uniquely identify the EAGLE that replaces an existing pci or pcn parameter value, with the value none, removes an existing pci or pcn parameter value from the database. The npci/npcn parameter values cannot be equal to any cpc or pc parameter values. The pci parameter must be specified if the npci parameter is specified. The pcn parameter must be specified if the npcn parameter is specified. The new ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N point code values (npci/npcn) must be the same type as the pci/pcn parameter value. For example, if the pci value is a non-spare point code, the npci value must be a non-spare point code. If the pci value is a spare point code, the npci value must be a spare point code.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to the EAGLE

:pctype – Point code type, either ansi or other.

:cpctype – the type of capability point code: STP, LNP, INP, EIR, GPORT, GFLEX, MNP, VFLEX, ATINPQ, AIQ.

The self-identification of the EAGLE can consist of an ANSI point code, an ITU international non-spare point code, an ITU international spare point code, a 14-bit ITU national non-spare point code, a 14-bit ITU national spare point code, or a 24-bit ITU national point code, or combinations of these types of point codes. The self-identification of the EAGLE cannot have both a 14-bit ITU-N point code (spare or non-spare) and a 24-bit ITU-N point code.

The self-identification of the EAGLE must contain point codes whose formats match the network the EAGLE is connected to. For example, if the EAGLE is connected to an ANSI network, the self-identification of the EAGLE must contain an ANSI point code. If the EAGLE is connected to an ITU international network, the self-identification of the EAGLE must contain an ITU international point code. If the EAGLE is connected to an ITU national network, the self-identification of the EAGLE must contain either a 14-bit or a 24-bit ITU national point code.

The self-identification of the EAGLE can contain capability point codes. A capability point code is used by the SS7 protocol to identify a group of functionally related nodes in the signaling network. The self-identification of the EAGLE can contain up to 96 capability point codes which can be all one point code network type, or a mixture of all three point code network types.

The EAGLE can contain an ANSI capability point code, an ITU national capability point code (spare or non-spare), and either a 14-bit (spare or non-spare) or a 24-bit ITU-N capability point code.

Note:

The self-identification of the EAGLE cannot contain private point codes, and private point codes cannot be assigned as capability point codes.

ITU international and 14-bit ITU national spare point codes can be specified only if the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is enabled. The status of this feature can be verified by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is not enabled, perform the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature to enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

The self-identification of the EAGLE can also contain a CLLI, the common language location identifier of the EAGLE.

The CLLI of the EAGLE cannot match the CLLI of any destination point code. Use the rtrv-dstn command to verify the CLLIs of the destination point codes in the database.

If the CLLI of the Eagle is changed and the SEAS over IP feature is enabled and turned on, the CCSMR configuration must be updated with the new CLLI. Perform the procedures in the "SEAS over IP Configuration Procedures" chapter in the Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to update the CCSMR configuration.

If the CLLI of the EAGLE is to be changed, and the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel (E5IS) feature is on, the EISCOPY option must be off before the chg-sid command is executed. The value of the EISCOPY option can be verified with the rtrv-eisopts command. After the chg-sid command is executed, the EISCOPY option must be changed back to on.

Note:

For the complete list of cards supported by EAGLE Release 47.0, see Hardware Reference Guide.
Capability point codes are specified with the cpctype parameter with the capability point code parameters, cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24, or the new capability point code parameters, ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/ncpcn24. The EAGLE supports these types of capability point codes.
  • STP capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=stp parameter. STP capability point codes can be any point code type. STP capability point codes can be specified regardless of which features are enabled or turned on.
  • LNP capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=lnp parameter. LNP capability point codes can be only ANSI point codes, specified with either the cpc, cpca,ncpc, or ncpca parameters. The LNP feature must be enabled to specify the cpctype=lnp parameter. This can be verified with the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. If the LNP feature is enabled, the entry LNP TNs is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat command output with a quantity greater than zero.

    If any of these capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output: INP, EIR, G-Port, G-Flex, MNP, V-Flex, ATINPQ; then LNP capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If any of these features are enabled, and turned on if required: INP, ANSI-41 INP Query, EIR, G-Port, A-Port, G-Flex, IS41 GSM Migration, V-Flex, ATINP; then LNP capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the LNP feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in ELAP Administration and LNP Feature Activation User's Guide to enable the LNP feature.

  • INP capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=inp parameter. INP capability point codes can be either an ITU-I, 14-bit ITU-N, or 24-bit ITU-N point code, specified with either the cpci, cpcn, cpcn24, ncpci, ncpcn, or ncpcn24 parameters. The INP or ANSI-41 INP Query feature must be enabled and turned on to specify the cpctype=inp parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the INP or ANSI-41 INP Query feature is enabled and turned on.

    If LNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP feature is enabled, INP capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If either the INP or ANSI-41 INP Query feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the procedures in the INP/AINPQ User's Guide to enable and turn on the INP or ANSI-41 INP Query feature.

  • EIR capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=eir parameter. EIR capability point codes can be either an ITU-I, 14-bit ITU-N, or 24-bit ITU-N point code, specified with either the cpci, cpcn, cpcn24, ncpci, ncpcn, or ncpcn24 parameters. The EIR feature must be enabled and turned on to specify the cpctype=eir parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the EIR feature is enabled and turned on.

    If LNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP feature is enabled, EIR capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the EIR feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the procedures in EIR User's Guide to enable and turn on the EIR feature.

  • G-Flex capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=gflex parameter. G-Flex capability point codes can be any point code type. The G-Flex feature must be enabled and turned on to specify the cpctype=gflex parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the G-Flex feature is enabled and turned on. If LNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or if the LNP feature is enabled, G-Flex capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the G-Flex feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the procedures in G-Flex User's Guide to enable and turn the G-Flex feature on.
  • G-Port capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=gport parameter. G-Port capability point codes can be any point code type. The G-Port feature must be enabled to specify the cpctype=gport parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the G-Port feature is enabled. If LNP or MNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP, A-Port, or IS41 GSM Migration features are enabled, G-Port capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the G-Port feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in G-Port User's Guide to enable the G-Port feature.
  • MNP capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=mnp parameter. MNP capability point codes can be any point code type. The A-Port feature or IS41 GSM Migration feature must be enabled to specify the cpctype=mnp parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the A-Port feature or IS41 GSM Migration feature is enabled. If LNP or G-Port capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP or G-Port features are enabled, MNP capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the A-Port feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in A-Port User's Guide to enable the A-Port feature. If the IS41 GSM Migration feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in IS41 GSM Migration User's Guide to enable the IS41 GSM Migration feature.
  • V-Flex capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=vflex parameter. V-Flex capability point codes can be any point code type. The V-Flex feature must be enabled and turned on to specify the cpctype=vflex parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the V-Flex feature enabled and turned on. If LNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP feature is enabled, V-Flex capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the V-Flex feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the procedures in V-Flex User's Guide to enable and turn on the V-Flex feature.
  • ATINPQ capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=atinpq parameter. ATINPQ capability point codes can be either an ANSI, ITU-I, or 14-bit ITU-N point code, specified with either the cpc/cpca, cpci, cpcn, ncpc/ncpca, ncpci, or ncpcn parameters.

    The ATINP feature must be enabled to specify the cpctype=atinpq parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the ATINP feature is enabled. If LNP capability point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, or the LNP feature is enabled, ATINPQ capability point codes cannot be provisioned. If the ATINP feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in ATINP User's Guide to enable the ATINP feature.

  • AIQ capability point codes are specified with the cpctype=aiq parameter. AIQ capability point codes can be either an ANSI, ITU-I, or 14-bit ITU-N point code, specified with either the cpc/cpca, cpci, cpcn, ncpc/ncpca, ncpci, or ncpcn parameters.

    The ANSI41 AIQ feature must be enabled to specify the cpctype=aiq parameter. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify whether or not the ANSI41 AIQ feature is enabled. AIQ capability point codes can be specified regardless of which features, other than the ANSI41 AIQ feature, are enabled or turned on. If the ANSI41 AIQ feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in the Analyzed Information Features User's guide to enable the ANSI41 AIQ feature.

The pctype parameter of the chg-sid command determines the format of point codes (but not the ITU international or ITU national point codes) that can be used on the EAGLE, ansi and other. The value ansi means the EAGLE supports point codes that meet the ANSI standard. The value other means that the EAGLE supports point codes that do not meet the ANSI standard. The pctype parameter does not apply to ITU international or ITU national point codes. See the “ANSI Point Codes” in the Point Code Formats section for more information about ANSI point codes.

This procedure causes a change in the routing information for this node. Make sure that all other nodes that route messages to this node are notified of these changes.

The point code of the EAGLE cannot match the capability point codes of the EAGLE. The point code of the EAGLE and the capability point codes of the EAGLE are shown in 1.

The point code and capability point codes of the EAGLE cannot match any destination point codes. Use the rtrv-dstn command to display the destination point codes in the database.

The point code and capability point codes of the EAGLE cannot be defined as a destination point code of a route. Use the rtrv-rte command to display the destination point codes of the routes in the database.

The point code and capability point codes of the EAGLE cannot match any emulated point code (EPC) values that are shown in the rtrv-pct output

The point code of the EAGLE or the capability point codes, specified by the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24, cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24 or ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/ncpcn24 parameters, must be a full point code and cannot be a cluster point code. A point code containing all zeros cannot be used as a value for ANSI (pc/pca, cpc/cpca, ncpc/ncpca) and ITU-I (pci, cpci, ncpci) parameters. A point code containing all zeros can be used as a value for 14-bit ITU-N (pcn, cpcn, ncpcn) and 24-bit ITU-N (pcn24, cpcn24, ncpcn24) parameters.

If either the cpctype parameter or the capability point code parameter (cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24) are specified, the other parameter must be specified.

If the new capability point code parameter (ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/ncpcn24) is specified, the capability point code parameter (cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24) and the cpctype parameters must be specified.

Only one of the new capability point code parameters (ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/npcn24) can be specified with the chg-sid command.

The new capability point code (ncpc/ncpca/ncpci/ncpcn/npcn24) must be of the same point code type as the capability point code (cpc/cpca/cpci/cpcn/cpcn24) specified in the command. For example, if an ITU international capability point code (cpci) is being replaced, then only the ncpci parameter can be specified.

The point code of the EAGLE cannot be changed if it is referenced in the mated application table. Enter the rtrv-map command to verify if the EAGLE’s point code is being referenced in the mated application table. The EAGLE’s point code would be shown in the PCA, PCI, PCN, PCN24, MPCA, MPCI, MPCN, or MPCN24 fields of the rtrv-map command output. If the EAGLE’s point code is referenced by the mated application table, perform the Removing a Mated Application procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide, and remove the mated applications that reference the EAGLE’s point code.

The destination point codes and alias point codes are shown in the DPCA, DPCI, DPCN, DPCN24, ALIASA, ALIASI, ALIASN, and ALIASN24 fields in the rtrv-dstn command output. Secondary point codes are shown in the SPCA, SPCI, SPCN, and SPCN24 fields in the rtrv-spc command output. The EAGLE’s point code and capability point codes are displayed in the PCA, PCI, PCN, PCN24, CPCA, CPCI, CPCN, and CPCN24 fields in the rtrv-sid command output. The EAGLE’s true point code and capability point codes cannot be shown in either the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-spc command outputs.

To assign group codes to a 14-bit ITU-N point code, the ITU duplicate point code and multiple point code support features must be on. If the ITU National Duplicate Point Code feature is on, the entry ITUDUPPC = on is shown in the rtrv-feat command output. If the multiple point code support feature is on, the entry MPC = on is shown in the rtrv-feat command output. For more information on using group codes with 14-bit ITU-N point codes, see the ITU National Duplicate Point Codes section.

Note:

Once the ITU duplicate point code and multiple point code support features are turned on with the chg-feat command, they cannot be turned off.

The ITU duplicate point code and multiple point code support features must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the ITU duplicate point code and multiple point code support features, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

If you wish to specify the pcn24 parameter with the chg-sid command and the rtrv-sid output shows the PCN field, the 14-bit ITU-N point code value, shown in the PCN field must be removed with the npcn=none parameter before the pcn24 parameter value can be specified by the chg-sid command. If the PCN field contains both spare and non-spare point code values, both the spare and non-spare 14-bit ITU-N point code values must be removed before the pcn24 parameter can be specified. If no value is shown in the PCN field, specifying the npcn=none parameter is not necessary.

If you wish to specify the pcn parameter with the chg-sid command and the rtrv-sid output shows the PCN24 field, the 24-bit ITU-N point code value, shown in the PCN24 field must be removed with the pcn24=none parameter before the pcn parameter value can be specified by the chg-sid command. If no value is shown in the PCN24 field, specifying the pcn24=none parameter is not necessary.

When the EAGLE is initially installed, the self-identification of the EAGLE must be configured before any destination point codes can be configured in the database.

For the examples in this procedure, the self-identification of the EAGLE is being changed to these values:

ANSI point code = 100-100-100

ITU international point code = 3-75-7

14-bit ITU national point code = 7-9-8-1

LNP capability point code = 006-006-006

The format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes used in these examples is 4-4-4-2.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN, RTRV-MAP, and RTRV-RTE Commands

Because the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, and rtrv-rte commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, or rtrv-rte command was entered.

  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, or rtrv-rte command was entered.

  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, or rtrv-rte command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn, rtrv-map, and rtrv-rte commands were entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       001-001-001     1-200-6      10-13-9-3          rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If only the CLLI or CLLI and PCTYPE values are being changed, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If only the PCTYPE value is being changed, continue the procedure with 19.
    • If point codes will be specified in this procedure, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If 14-bit or 24-bit ITU-N point codes will be specified, continue the procedure with 2.
      • If 14-bit or 24-bit ITU-N point codes will not be specified, continue the procedure with 5.
  2. If you wish to specify the pcn24 parameter with the chg-sid command and the rtrv-sid output shows the PCN field, the 14-bit ITU-N point code value, shown in the PCN field must be removed with the npcn=none parameter before the pcn24 parameter value can be specified by the chg-sid command.

    Before the npcn=none parameter can be specified, any ITU-N point codes shown in the rtrv-dstn output must be removed. If no value is shown in the PCN field, then performing this step is not necessary. If the PCN field contains a point code, perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the ITU-N point codes. After the ITU-N point codes have been removed, enter this command.

    chg-sid:pcn=<current PCN value>:npcn=none

    If the PCN field contains both spare and non-spare point code values, both the spare and non-spare 14-bit ITU-N point code values must be removed from the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-sid outputs before the pcn24 parameter can be specified.

    After the PCN value has been removed, continue the procedure with 6.

    If you wish to specify the pcn parameter with the chg-sid command and the rtrv-sid output shows the PCN24 field, the 24-bit ITU-N point code value, shown in the PCN24 field must be removed with the pcn24=none parameter before the pcn parameter value can be specified by the chg-sid command.

    Before the pcn24=none parameter can be specified, any ITU-N24 point codes shown in the rtrv-dstn output must be removed. If no value is shown in the PCN24 field, then performing this step is not necessary. If the PCN24 field contains a point code, perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the ITU-N24 point codes. After the ITU-N24 point codes have been removed, enter this command.

    chg-sid:pcn24=none

    After the PCN24 value has been removed, continue the procedure with 3.

    When the chg-sid command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-05-07 09:17:40 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CHG-SID: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    A caution message is displayed indicating that the EAGLE needs to be reinitialized.

    
    CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID HAS BEEN CHANGED, MANUAL RE-INITIALIZATION IS NEEDED
    
  3. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter, by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The value for the npcfmtiparameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If you wish to change the format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes, go to the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section. Changing the formats of the 14-bit ITU national point codes will change how any existing 14-bit ITU national point codes are displayed in the database.

    After this step has been performed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If group codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If group codes are not shown in the rtrv-sid output, and group codes will not be specified with the 14-bit ITU-N point codes, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If group codes are not shown in the rtrv-sid output, and group codes will be specified with the 14-bit ITU-N point codes, continue the procedure with 4.
  4. Enter the rtrv-feat command to verify that the Multiple Point Code Support and ITU Duplicate Point Code Support features are on.

    If the Multiple Point Code Support feature is on, the MPC field should be set to on. If the ITU Duplicate Point CodeSupport feature is on, the ITUDUPPC field should be set to on. For this example, these features are off.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the ITU Duplicate Point Code Support feature is off and the Multiple Point Code feature is on, enter this command.

    chg-feat:ituduppc=on
    If both features are off, enter this command.
    chg-feat:mpc=on:ituduppc=on

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-07 00:57:31 GMT EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. If spare point codes are being specified in this procedure, the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature must be enabled.

    Note:

    If an ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-Nspare point code is displayed in the rtrv-sid output in 1, or if an ITU-I or 14-bit ITU-N spare point code is not being specified in this procedure, continue the procedure with 6. The rtrv-ctrl-feat command shows the status of the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

    Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command with the part number of this feature.

    Enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893013601

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.2.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    Spare Point Code Support  893013601 on     ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is not enabled, perform the Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support Feature procedure to enable the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

  6. The point codes specified in this procedure cannot be shown in the rtrv-dstn command output.

    Display the point codes in the destination point code table by using the rtrv-dstn command. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       001-002-003   ls04clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       002-002-002   ls01clli    no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       002-007-008   ls06clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       003-003-003   ls03clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       004-004-004   ls02clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       179-100-087   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       200-050-176   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-007-000   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3     SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0    SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2    SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1     SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2     SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3     SS7
       3-150-4       lsi7clli    yes --- --------------  --------------   SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       10-6-15-1     lsn5clli    yes --- --------------  ----------       SS7
       10-15-2-3     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
       
    Destination table is (19 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (18 of 8000) 1% full
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is not being changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is being changed to another point code value, continue the procedure with 9.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is being removed, continue the procedure with 8.
  7. The point codes specified in this procedure cannot be shown in the rtrv-pct output as an emulated point code (EPC). Display the PCT entries by entering the rtrv-pct command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        EPCA             FILTPCA          REALPCA      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        001-001-001      *                240-012-006   5  ---  10
    
        ECICS = 10          ECICE = 20
        RCICS = 30          RCICE = 40
    
        EPCI             FILTPCI          REALPCI      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        1-001-2          2-131-2          2-131-3       3   10  ---
    
        ECICS = ----------  ECICE = ----------
        RCICS = ----------  RCICE = ----------
    
        EPCN             FILTPCN          REALPCN      SI  SSN  RELCAUSE
        13-11-14-1       *                10-15-2-3     *  ---  ---
    
        ECICS = ----------  ECICE = ----------
        RCICS = ----------  RCICE = ----------
    
    
     Unique EPC    is 3 of 250
     Unique RealPC is 3 of 250
    
    PCT table is (3 of 1000) 1% full.
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is not being changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is being changed to another point code value, continue the procedure with 9.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value is being removed, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. For the EAGLE to have point codes of a particular network type (ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N), a point code of that same type must be defined by the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter of the chg-sid command.

    To remove a point code defined by the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24parameter, all point codes of the same network type as the point code being removed in this procedure must be removed from the database.

    If the rtrv-dstn output in 6 shows that there are no point codes of the same network type as the point code being removed, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the rtrv-dstn output in 6 shows that there are point codes of the same network type as the point code being removed, perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure and remove the point codes shown in the rtrv-dstn output in 6 that are the same network type as the point code being removed in this procedure.

    After this step is performed, continue the procedure with 11.

  9. Display the mated applications in the database, using the rtrv-map command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-07-07 00:34:31 GMT EAGLE5 41.1.0
    
       PCA          Mate PCA     SSN RC MULT SRM MRC GRP NAME SSO
       255-001-000               250 10  SOL *N  *N  GRP01    ON
    
       255-001-000               251 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    OFF
                    253-001-002  254 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    OFF
    
       255-001-000               252 10  SOL *Y  *Y  GRP01    ON
    
       255-001-000               253 10  SHR *N  *N  GRP01    OFF
                    253-001-004  254 10  SHR *N  *N  GRP01    OFF
    
       255-001-001               255 10  DOM YES YES GRP01    ON
                    253-001-005  254 20  DOM YES YES GRP01    ON
    
       255-001-001               250 10  DOM YES YES GRP01    OFF
                    253-001-001  254 20  DOM YES YES GRP01    OFF
    
       255-001-002               251 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    OFF
                    255-001-002  254 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    OFF
    
       255-001-002               252 10  DOM YES YES GRP01    ON
                    255-001-003  254 20  DOM YES YES GRP01    ON
    
       255-001-002               253 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    ON
                    255-001-004  254 10  SHR *Y  *Y  GRP01    ON
    
    
    PCI             Mate PCI     SSN RC MULT SRM MRC GRP NAME SSO
    2-001-2                      255 10  DOM NO  NO  GRP03    OFF
                    2-001-1      254 20  DOM NO  NO  GRP03    OFF
    
    
    PCN             Mate PCN     SSN RC MULT SRM MRC GRP NAME SSO
    0-5-6-3                      253 10  SHR NO  *Y  GRP05    OFF
                    1-5-10-3     254 10  SHR NO  *N  GRP05    OFF
    
    MAP TABLE IS (20 of 1024)  2 % FULL
    

    If the EAGLE’s point code is shown in the rtrv-map command output (in the PCA, PCI, PCN, PCN24, MPCA, MPCI, MCPN, or MPCN24 fields), perform the Removing a Mated Application procedure in the Database Administration - GTT User's Guide, and remove the EAGLE’s point code from the mated application table.

  10. Display the secondary point codes in the database, using the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
         010-100-010
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
             4-100-1
    SPC-N
            10-01-11-1
            13-02-12-0
            14-15-12-1
    SPC-N24
    none
    Secondary Point Code table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    

    If the EAGLE’s point code or capability point code that is being configured in this procedure is shown in 6 or 10, choose another point code to configure with this procedure.

    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the clli parameter value is not being changed, continue the procedure with 15.
    • If the clli parameter value is being changed, continue the procedure with 11.
  11. Enter the rtrv-feat command, or examine the rtrv-feat output in 4, if 4 was performed, to verify that the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel feature is on.

    If the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel feature is on, the E5IS field should be set to on.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel feature is not on, continue the procedure with 15.
    • If the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel feature is on, continue the procedure with 12.
  12. Display the EISCOPY option by entering the rtrv-eisopts command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    EIS OPTIONS
    ------------------
    EISCOPY = ON
    
    FAST COPY OPTIONS
    --------------------------------
    FCGPL = IPSG      FCMODE = FCOPY
    FCGPL = IPGHC     FCMODE = FCOPY
    --------------------------------
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the EISCOPY option is off, continue the procedure with 15.
    • If the EISCOPY option is on, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps..
      • If the FCMODE value for all the GPLs shown in the rtrv-eisopts output is OFF, continue the procedure with 15.
      • If the FCMODE value for any of the GPLs shown in the rtrv-eisopts output is STC or FCOPY, continue the procedure with 13.
  13. Change the FCMODE values for all the GPLs shown in 12 to OFF by entering this command.

    chg-eisopts:fcmode=off:fcgpl=all

    When the chg-eisopts has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    CHG-EISOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  14. Turn the EISCOPY option off by entering the chg-eisopts command with the eiscopy=off parameter.

    Caution:

    Changing the EISCOPY option to off will disable the Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel feature.

    When the chg-eisopts has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CHG-EISOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If capability point codes will not be provisioned in this procedure, continue the procedure with 19.
    • If capability point codes will be provisioned in this procedure, continue the procedure with 15.
  15. To add a particular type of CPC, only one CPC type (the cpctype parameter) can be specified with the chg-sid command, and the feature corresponding to the CPC type must be enabled or turned on.
    The EAGLE supports these types of CPCs.
    • STP CPCs - no feature is required to be enabled or turned on to specify STP CPCs. If you wish to add an STP CPC, continue the procedure with 19.
    • LNPCPCs - If you wish to add an LNP CPC and LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If only STP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 18. If any of these CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1: INP, G-Port, G-Flex, EIR, MNP, V-Flex, ATINPQ, LNP CPCs cannot be added.
    • INP CPCs - If you wish to add an INP CPC and INP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If INP and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, INP CPCs cannot be added.
    • G-Flex CPCs - If you wish to add a G-Flex CPC and G-Flex CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If G-Flex and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, G-Flex CPCs cannot be added.
    • MNP CPCs - If you wish to add an MNP CPC and MNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If MNP and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, MNP CPCs cannot be added.
    • EIR CPCs - If you wish to add an EIR CPC and EIR CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If EIR and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, EIR CPCs cannot be added.
    • V-Flex CPCs - If you wish to add a V-Flex CPC and V-Flex CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If V-Flex and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, V-Flex CPCs cannot be added.
    • ATINPQ CPCs - If you wish to add an ATINPQ CPC and ATINPQ CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If ATINPQ and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16. If LNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, ATINPQ CPCs cannot be added.
    • G-Port CPCs - If you wish to add a G-Port CPC and G-Port CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If G-Port, MNP, and LNP CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 17. If LNP or MNP CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, G-Port CPCs cannot be added.
    • AIQ CPCs - If you wish to add an AIQ CPC and AIQ CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 19. If AIQ CPCs are not shown in the rtrv-sid output in 1, continue the procedure with 16.
  16. To specify these types of CPCs: INP, G-Flex, MNP, EIR, V-Flex, ATINPQ, AIQ, the following features must be enabled, and turned on if necessary.
    • INP CPCs - the INP or ANSI-41 INP Query features must be enabled and turned on.
    • G-Flex CPCs - the G-Flex feature must be enabled and turned on.
    • EIR CPCs - the EIR feature must be enabled and turned on.
    • MNP CPCs - the A-Port or IS41 GSM Migration features must be enabled.
    • V-Flex CPCs - the V-Flex feature must be enabled and turned on.
    • ATINPQ CPCs - the ATINP feature must be enabled.
    • AIQ CPCs - the ANSI41 AIQ feature must be enabled.

    Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the status of the feature required for the CPC that is being added. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.2.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the LNP feature is enabled, LNP, AIQ, or STP CPCs can be specified in this procedure. If an AIQ CPC will be provisioned, continue with this step. If an LNP or STP CPC will be provisioned, continue the procedure with 19.

    If the feature that is required for the CPC that is being added is enabled, and turned on if required, continue the procedure with 19.

    If the feature that is required for the CPC that is being added is not enabled, or turned on if required, perform the procedures in one of the following manuals to enable, and turn on if required, the feature required to support the CPC that is being added.

    • INP CPCs - INP/AINPQ User's Guide – to enable and turn on the INP or ANSI-41 INP Query features.
    • G-Flex CPCs - G-Flex User's Guide – to enable and turn on the G-Flex feature.
    • EIR CPCs - EIR User's Guide – to enable and turn on the EIR feature.
    • MNP CPCs - A-Port User's Guide to enable the A-Port feature, or IS41 GSM Migration User's Guide – to enable the IS41 GSM Migration feature.

      Note:

      If G-Port CPCs are shown in the rtrv-sid output, when the A-Port or IS41 GSM Migration features are enabled, the G-Port CPCs are changed to MNP CPCs.
    • V-Flex CPCs - V-Flex User's Guide – to enable and turn on the V-Flex Feature.
    • ATINPQ CPCs - ATINP User's Guide – to enable the ATINP feature.
    • AIQ CPCs - Analyzed Information Features User's Guide – to enable the ANSI41 AIQ feature.

    After the required feature has been enabled, and turned on if required, continue the procedure with 19.

  17. To provision G-Port CPCs, the G-Port feature must be enabled. Verify that the G-Port feature is enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.2.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If G-Port feature is enabled, continue the procedure with 19.

    If the G-Port feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in the G-Port User's Guide to enable the G-Port feature. After the G-Port feature has been enabled, continue the procedure with 19.

    If the LNP feature is enabled, LNP, AIQ, or STP CPCs can be specified in this procedure. If an AIQ CPC will be provisioned, continue the procedure with 16. If an LNP or STP CPC will be provisioned, continue the procedure with 19.

    If either the A-Port or IS41 GSM Migration features are enabled, G-Port CPCs cannot be provisioned. If you wish to provision other types of CPCs, go back to 15 and select another type of CPC to provision. If you do not wish to provision other CPCs, continue the procedure with 19 to provision the self identification without provisioning CPCs.

  18. To provision LNP CPCs, the LNP feature must be enabled. Verify that the LNP feature is enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.2.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the LNP feature is enabled, continue the procedure with 19.

    If the LNP feature is not enabled and none of the features shown in 16 or 17 are enabled, except ANSI41 AIQ, and turned on if required, perform the procedures in ELAP Administration and LNP Feature Activation User's Guide to enable the LNP feature. After the LNP feature has been enabled, continue the procedure with 19. AIQ CPCs can be provisioned regardless of which features are enabled or turned on. The ANSI41 AIQ feature must be enabled to provision AIQ CPCs.

    If any of the features shown in 16 or 17 are enabled, and turned on if required, except ANSI41 AIQ, LNP CPCs cannot be specified. If you wish to provision CPCs for the features that are enabled, and turned on if required, go back to 15 and select another type of CPC to provision. If you do not wish to provision other CPCs, continue the procedure with 19 to provision the self identification without provisioning CPCs.

  19. Change the value of the self-identification of the EAGLE, using the chg-sid command.

    For this example, the point code of the EAGLE is being changed to these values:

    • ANSI point code = 100-100-100
    • ITU international point code = 3-75-7
    • ITU national point code = 7-9-8-1
    • LNP capability point code = 006-006-006

    To make these changes, enter this command.

    chg-sid:pca=100-100-100:pci=3-75-7:pcn=7-9-8-1 :cpca=006-006-006:cpctype=lnp

    If you wish to configure network routing point codes using the network indicator values 1 through 5, the pctype parameter value must be other. For more information on network routing point codes, see the Network Routing section.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-07 09:17:40 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CHG-SID: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If any of the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameters are changed, the EAGLE needs to be reinitialized. A caution message is displayed indicating that the EAGLE needs to be reinitialized.

    
    CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID HAS BEEN CHANGED, MANUAL RE-INITIALIZATION IS NEEDED
    

    If the CLLI value has been changed, and the SEAS over IP feature is enabled and turned on, shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output, this caution messages appears.

    
    CAUTION: System CLLI has changed, CCSMR re-configuration required
    

    If the gateway screening redirect function's DPC is the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter value and this parameter value was changed in this step, this caution message appears.

    
    CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 and clli parameters were not changed, continue the procedure with 27.
    • If the clli parameter was changed, but the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 was not changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If this caution message, CAUTION: System CLLI has changed, CCSMR re-configuration required, appeared after the chg-sid command was performed, continue the procedure with 23.
      • If the caution message did not appear after the chg-sid command was performed, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
        • If the EISCOPY option was changed in 14, continue the procedure with 24.
        • If the EISCOPY option was not changed in 14, continue the procedure with 27.
    • If the pc/pca/pci/pcn/pcn24 parameter was changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If you wish to change the RSTRDEV STP option, continue the procedure with 20.
      • If you do not wish to change the RSTRDEV STP option, continue the procedure with 21.
  20. Enter the rtrv-stpopts command to display the setting of the rstrdev parameter.

    21 instructs you to enter the init-sys command.

    If you do not want the EAGLE to restore previous device states after the init-sys command has executed and RSTRDEV value is on in the rtrv-stpopts output, enter the chg-stpopts:off=rstrdev command.

    If you want the EAGLE to restore previous device states after the init-sys command has executed, and RSTRDEV value is off in the rtrv-stpopts output, enter the chg-stpopts:on=rstrdev command.

    Continue with 21.

    Caution:

    The init-sys command causes a complete EAGLE reload, and should only be used during periods of low traffic. Using this command ensures the updated self-identification information is loaded onto all cards, but will interrupt service.

    Caution:

    The rstrdev value of the chg-stpopts command can be used to turn on the Persistent Device States (PDS) feature. When PDS is turned off and the init-sys command executes, the EAGLE does not retain the manually initiated state (for example, OOS-MT-DSBLD) for the signaling links, cards, or terminals. After the command executes, the EAGLE attempts to bring all provisioned signaling links, cards, and terminals on-line, including those that were previously out of service. You will need to manually put each device back into its previous state after the EAGLE is back on-line. It is, therefore, advisable to print or electronically capture the output of the rept-stat-slk, rept-stat-card, and rept-stat-trm commands for reference prior to issuing theinit-sys command. To restore a device to its previous state, issue the appropriate inhibit/deactivate command listed in Commands User's Guide in the Related Commands section for each of the above rept-stat commands. When PDS is turned on using the chg-stpopts:on=rstrdev command, the EAGLE restores the previous device states of signaling links, terminals, and cards after the init-sys command has executed.
  21. Reinitialize the EAGLE by entering the init-sys command.

    Note:

    Th einit-sys command must be entered twice within 30 seconds for the EAGLE to be re-initialized. If the init-sys command is not executed twice within 30 seconds, the attempt to re-initialize the EAGLE is aborted.

    When the init-sys command is first entered, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28  07:05:01 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CAUTION: This command causes a complete system reload, and
    will result in traffic loss.
    Re-enter command within 30 seconds to confirm.
    

    When the init-sys command is re-entered within the 30 second time limit, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28  07:05:17 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    Init System command issued at terminal #3
    

    From the time that the init-sys command is accepted, you must wait approximately two minutes before you can perform 22 (logging onto the EAGLE). If the EAGLE terminal is in the VT-100/VT-320 mode, the terminal display will be refreshed with non-zero alarm counts. During this 2-minute interval, an intermediate screen refresh is caused by the MASPs role change from active to standby, and from standby to active. This screen refresh is typically a partial refresh, and the alarm indicators are set to zero.

    If you are logged into the EAGLE in the KSR mode, the only response you will receive indicating that you are now able to log into the EAGLE is UAM 0009, MASP became active. UAM 0009 could be issued twice due to possible transient MASP role change (switching from active to standby).

    Following the execution of the init-sys command, the MASP that was active before the init-sys command was entered will be the active MASP when the EAGLE has finished reinitializing.

  22. Log into the EAGLE using the login command (or the act-user command).

    This is an example of the messages that appear when the login session has successfully completed.

    
    NOTICE: This is a private computer system. 
    Unauthorized access or use may lead to prosecution. 
    0 LOGIN failures since last successful LOGIN
    Last successful LOGIN was on port 4 on 04-06-02 @ 09:34:56
    
    If the clli parameter was not changed in 19, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 26.
    • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was not displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 27.

    If this caution message, CAUTION: System CLLI has changed, CCSMR re-configuration required, appeared in 19, continue the procedure with 23. If the caution message did not appear in 19, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.

    • If the EISCOPY option was changed in 14, continue the procedure with 24.
    • If the EISCOPY option was not changed in 14, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 26.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was not displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 27.
  23. Perform the procedures in the "SEAS Over IP Configuration Procedures" chapter in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to re-configure the CCSMRs with the new CLLI information.
    After the CCSMRs have been re-configured, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the EISCOPY option was changed in 14, continue the procedure with 24.
    • If the EISCOPY option was not changed in 14, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 26.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was not displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 27.
  24. Turn the EISCOPY option on by entering the chg-eisopts command with the eiscopy=on parameter.

    Caution:

    The Eagle Support for theIntegrated Sentinel feature will be disabled if this step is not performed.

    When the chg-eisopts has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-28  07:05:01 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
    CHG-EISOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    After the EISCOPY option has been changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the FCMODE value was changed in 13, continue the procedure with 25.
    • If 13 was not performed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 26.
      • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was not displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 27.
  25. Change the FCMODE values that were changed in 13 to the values that were displayed in 12 by entering the chg-eisopts command with the fcmode and fcgpl parameter values that were displayed in 12. If all the GPL values were changed in 13, the gpl=all parameter can be specified with the chg-eisopts command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-eisopts:fcmode=fcopy:fcgpl=all

    When the chg-eisopts has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28  07:05:01 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    CHG-EISOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 26.
    • If the CAUTION: SYSTEM SITE ID WAS REFERENCED BY THE REDIRECT FUNCTION’S DPC message was not displayed in 19, continue the procedure with 27.
  26. If the point code of the EAGLE or capability point code is referenced by the gateway screening redirect function and the gateway screening redirect function is enabled, the gateway screening redirect function’s DPC must be changed to reference the new EAGLE’s point code.

    Use the chg-gws-redirect command to change the gateway screening redirect function’s DPC. Perform the Changing the Gateway Screening Redirect Parameters procedure in the Database Administration - Features User's Guide to change the gateway screening redirect function’s DPC.

  27. Verify the changes using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-09-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 39.2.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       100-100-100     3-75-7       7-9-8-1            rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005      006-006-006
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    
  28. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-20 Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE



Sheet 1 of 11



Sheet 2 of 11



Sheet 3 of 11



Sheet 4 of 11



Sheet 5 of 11



Sheet 6 of 11



Sheet 7 of 11



Sheet 8 of 11



Sheet 9 of 11



Sheet 10 of 11



Sheet 11 of 11

2.15 Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD)

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature eliminates the need for a full point code entry in the routing table to route to every signaling point in every network. The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature allows the EAGLE to configure one routeset to a entire cluster of destinations. This feature also allows the EAGLE to manage and switch traffic to more end nodes.

A cluster is defined as a group of signaling points whose point codes have identical values for the network and cluster fields of the point codes. A cluster entry in the routing table is shown with an asterisk (*) in the member field of the point code, for example, 111-011-*. With this feature, ANSI destination point codes can be specified as either a full point code, for example, 123-043-045, or as a cluster of signaling point codes, for example, 111-011-*.

Note:

Cluster entries can only be provisioned as ANSI destination point codes. Cluster entries cannot be provisioned for ITU international or ITU national destination point codes. The ANSI alias point code for an ITU international or ITU national destination point code must be a full point code.

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature allows provisioning of clusters, as well as of full point codes that belong to the same cluster as destination point codes (Figure 2-21). The point codes 111-011-*, 111-011-005 and 111-011-045 entries can be provisioned. In Figure 2-21, the cluster destination point code 111-011-* represents all the point codes of the cluster except for point codes 111-011-005 and 111-011-045. Cluster entries in the destination point code table can also be used as a DPC for a route. A group of such routes with varying relative cost forms a routeset to a cluster, just like a routeset to a full point code.

Figure 2-21 Cluster Routing and Management Diversity


img/c_cluster_routing_management_diversity_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

Exception Lists (X-lists)

An exception list for a cluster is a list of point codes in a cluster whose routes are more restricted than other routes to that cluster. The term “more restricted” is used when comparing the route status of a cluster member to the route status of the cluster. A PROHIBITED status is more restrictive than a RESTRICTED status, and a RESTRICTED status is more restrictive than an ALLOWED status.

This list contains point codes that are not assigned to any individual routeset, and the only routeset to that node is through a cluster routeset. The exception list is a dynamic list that changes when the status of the cluster routesets changes.

The EAGLE allows users to specify whether exception list entries need to be created on a per cluster basis. For each cluster, the user can specify an exception list exclusion indicator (ELEI) when configuring the cluster point code with the ent-dstn command. When the ELEI is yes, the EAGLE does not create exception list entries or remove any existing exception list entries for the given cluster. When the ELEI is no, the EAGLE creates and removes exception list entries. When the ELEI is no, it is not guaranteed that there will be space available to create each and every possible exception list entry for provisioned cluster entries. All such exception list entries must compete for available exception list space.

Exception list entries are stored as an extension of the Destination Point Code table. The Destination Point Code table can contain a maximum number of entries, as shown in Table 2-5. The EAGLE allows the user to specify the number of entries reserved for the exception list. Table 2-5 also shows the number of entries that can be reserved for the exception list and the number of entries that are reserved for configured destinations (the full, cluster point codes, and network routing point codes).

Table 2-5 Maximum Point Code Quantities

Feature Status Maximum DPC Quantity Number of Entries Reserved for the Exception List Maximum Number of Full, Cluster, and Network Routing Point Codes
The 5000 Routes feature is off and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 2500 500 - 2000 2500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.
The 5000 Routes feature is on and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 5500 500 - 5000 5500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.
6000 routesets are enabled 6500 500 - 6000 6500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.
7000 routesets are enabled 7500 500 - 6000 7500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.
8000 routesets are enabled 8500 500 - 6000 8500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.
10,000 routesets are enabled 10500 500 - 10000 10500 minus the number of entries reserved for the exception list.

The outputs of the ent-dstn, dlt-dstn, chg-dstn, and rtrv-dstn commands display this destination point code usage information.

  • The number of configured full point codes
  • The number of configured cluster point codes
  • The number of configured network routing point codes
  • The sum of configured destinations (full, network routing, and cluster point codes)
  • The number of DPCs the EAGLE may contain (full, network routing, and cluster point codes). This number is the value of the chg-stpopts command’s mtpdpcq parameter. The mtpdpcq parameter value is not always the maximum number of entries minus the number reserved for the exception list. This calculation determines the maximum number of DPCs the EAGLE may contain. The mtpdpcq parameter value of the chg-stpopts command determines the actual number of DPCs the EAGLE can have, and can be set to an amount less than the maximum.
  • The number of entries reserved for exception list. This number is the value of the chg-stpopts command’s mtpxlq parameter.
  • The maximum number of alias point codes that can be in the EAGLE. The EAGLE can contain the quantities of alias point codes shown in Table 2-6 depending the features that are enabled or turned on.

    Table 2-6 Maximum Alias Point Code Quantities

    Feature Status Maximum Alias Point Code Quantity
    The 5000 Routes feature is off and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
    The 5000 Routes feature is on and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
    6000 routesets are enabled 12000
    7000 routesets are enabled 8000
    8000 routesets are enabled 8000
    10,000 routesets are enabled 10000
  • The number of alias point codes configured in the EAGLE.

Exception list entries have an expiration timer. There is a single EAGLE-wide expiration timer value for exception list entries. The exception list expiration timer, the size of the exception list, and the percentage of occupancy that generates a minor alarm can be configured with the chg-stpopts command. The values are shown in these fields of the rtrv-stpopts command output:

MTPXLQ = the maximum number of entries the exception list (x-list) can contain.

MTPXLET = the maximum amount of time the EAGLE will maintain an unreferenced exception list (x-list) entry

MTPXLOT = the exception list (x-list) occupancy threshold (in terms of percentage of space available). If this threshold is exceeded, the EAGLE raises a minor alarm. The percentage of occupancy refers to the number of exception list entries as compared to the maximum number of entries the exception list can hold. For example, if there are 1500 entries configured for the exception list and the exception list contains 1000 entries, the percentage of the exception list space being used is 66%. If this threshold is exceeded, the EAGLE raises a minor alarm.

The EAGLE raises a major alarm when the exception list becomes completely full and the EAGLE fails to create any more exception list entries.

MTPDPCQ = the maximum number of destination point codes that can be configured in the EAGLE.

The sum of the MTPDPCQ and MTPXLQ values (the maximum DPC quantity) cannot exceed the totals shown in Table 2-5 depending on the features that are enabled or turned on.

An exception list entry’s timer is restarted when an exception list entry gets created, updated, or used for routing. This expiration timer (the mtpxlet parameter in the chg-stpopts command) can be set from a minimum of 20 minutes to a maximum of 24 hours. The default value for the expiration timer upon EAGLE start-up is 60 minutes. If the timer expires before it is restarted, the exception list entry is removed. The expiration timer allows the EAGLE to save resources, if the exception list entry is sitting idle for a long time.

An exception list entry can be created for three distinct set of conditions.

  1. The first set of conditions creates exception list entries based on the status of the route (allowed, restricted, or prohibited), and these entries are marked as “exception list due to routing.”
  2. The EAGLE creates an exception list entry to maintain the congestion status of a non-provisioned, cluster-routed destination point code. These entries are marked “exception list due to congestion.”
  3. The EAGLE also creates an exception list to prohibit routing to a member of a cluster when circular routing to that member is detected. These exception list entries are marked “exception list due to circular routing.”

An exception list entry for a particular cluster can be removed from the exception list when these conditions are met.

  1. The status of all routes to the specified point code changes to a status that is less or equally restrictive than the corresponding status of the cluster’s routes. This can happen for two reasons.
    • A dact-rstst command was issued.
    • A network management message (TFA or TFR) was received indicating the new status of the route to the specified point code.
  2. The expiration timer for the exception list entry expires.
  3. When a chg-dstn command is issued and changes the ELEI to yes for the cluster, and the EAGLE removes all exception list entries created for that cluster.
  4. The chg-stpopts command was issued with the mtpxlet parameter, and the new value for the mtpxlet parameter was smaller than the original value. This command can change the allocation of routing table entries for the exception list. If the size of the exception list is reduced and the number of entries in the exception list is now greater than the new value of the mtpxlet parameter, the EAGLE will remove excess exception list entries at random.
  5. When the user allows a circular routed “exception list due to circular routing” entry.
  6. When congestion abates for an “exception list due to routing” entry.

Cluster Routing

When the EAGLE receives an MSU to route, the routing function looks for the MSU’s destination point code as a full point code entry in the routing table. If found, the full point code entry is used to find the corresponding routeset and the outgoing route. If a full point code entry is not found, the routing function uses the destination point code’s network and cluster values to find a cluster entry to which the destination point code belongs. If found, the cluster entry is used to find the corresponding routeset and the outgoing route. If neither a full point code entry or cluster point code entry is found, the EAGLE generates UAM 1004, “MTP rcvd unknown DPC.”

Compatibility with Non-Cluster Routing Nodes

It is possible that not all of the nodes in the network that the EAGLE is operating in are cluster routing nodes. In such a situation, those nodes not doing cluster routing will interpret TCx messages, and apply them to each individual point code belonging to the concerned cluster. This may cause an inconsistency in the status records for exception-listed point codes in different nodes. In order to avoid this situation, the EAGLE takes these steps:

  1. After broadcasting a TCR message for a cluster, the EAGLE stops any level 3 T8 timers running for exception-listed members of the cluster, and enables TFPs for the cluster’s exception-listed (prohibited) member point codes by stopping the level 3 T8 timer. This allows TFPs to be sent for prohibited members immediately after a TCR is broadcast.
  2. After broadcasting a TCA message for a cluster, the EAGLE enables a one-time TFR for the cluster’s exception-listed (restricted) member point codes by stopping the level 3 T18 timer, and enables the TFPs for the cluster’s exception-listed (prohibited) member point codes by stopping the level 3 T8 timer. This allows TFPs to be sent for prohibited members, and TFRs for restricted members, immediately after a TCA is broadcast.

Cluster Management and the ITU Network

ITU SS7 networks do not use the concepts of clusters of point codes and cluster network management messages. The EAGLE does not generate TCx messages toward ITU nodes. When the EAGLE is acting as gateway between an ITU network and an ANSI network, during the broadcast phase of TCx messages, the EAGLE does not send TCx messages to adjacent ITU point codes. It is possible that messages may be lost in such a case. In order to reduce message loss and quickly notify the sending ITU node about the status, the EAGLE enables TFPs or TFRs immediately (with the level 3 T8 or T18 timers stopped) and relies on the TFPs or TFRs to convey the status information.

While sending response method network management messages in response to a received MSU, the EAGLE checks the MSU’s originating point code. If the MSU’s originating point code is an ITU point code, a TFx message is returned.

Cluster Management When the Cluster Routing Feature is Turned Off

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is an optional feature that is turned off by default. To use the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, it must be turned on by entering the appropriate command. Once this feature is turned on, it cannot be turned off. If this feature is turned off, the EAGLE does not send any cluster management messages or allow cluster destination point codes to be added to the destination point code table. The EAGLE is capable of processing incoming cluster management messages, even though the feature is turned off. When a cluster management message is received, the EAGLE treats this message as though network management messages were received for each full point code, configured in the destination point code table, that belongs to that cluster.

Cluster Routing and Management Diversity Rules

These rules apply to the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature.

  • If the provisioned number of exception list entries are already created, the EAGLE will not create any more exception list entries. The EAGLE raises an alarm in advance of such an occurrence, and pegs each occurrence of failure-to-create an exception list entry.
  • All adjacent point codes for linksets must be full point codes.
  • All entries in the remote point code table must be a full point code.
  • The EAGLE maintains the congestion status of only 100 destinations, including full point codes and point codes to which cluster routing is performed.
  • When the cluster routing feature is turned on, and the EAGLE receives an MSU and does not find a route with a full point code, a cluster route, or any other full point code route belonging to the cluster, the EAGLE will generate a TCP response.
  • When the cluster routing feature is turned off, and the EAGLE receives an MSU and does not find a route with a full point code, the EAGLE will generate a TFP response.

When the EAGLE is used as an ITU-ANSI gateway STP.

  • The EAGLE does not broadcast TCx messages toward the ITU nodes. Messages could be lost until the response method is initiated. It is recommended that the cluster routing feature not be turned on when the EAGLE is an ITU gateway STP.
  • Cluster destination point codes cannot have ITU alias point codes.

All ANSI alias point codes specified for real ITU point codes are required to be full point codes.

The point code specified in the ent-map command must use a full point code, and that full point code must be in the routing table.

The point code specified in the ent-gtt and ent-cspc commands can use either a full point code or a cluster point code, but these point codes must be in the routing table.

The EAGLE allows cluster routing for subsequent global title (GTT) messages. The EAGLE also sends subsystem status messages to concerned point codes using a cluster route. The EAGLE does not generate MTP status messages for point codes that the EAGLE is routing clusters to, so all point codes in the mated application table must be full point codes.

Gateway screening verifies the concerned point code in TFx/RSx messages received by the EAGLE. Gateway screening passes a TFx/RSx message through the MTP-affected destination test, if the concerned point code has either a full point code route or a cluster route.

Gateway screening verifies the concerned point code in TCx/RCx messages received by the EAGLE. Gateway screening passes a TCx/RCx message through the MTP-affected destination test, if the concerned point code has either a cluster route for a concerned cluster or a member route for any of the members of the concerned cluster.

If a point code is in the routing table as an exception-listed point code and the user enters a command (ent-dstn) to configure that same point code as a full point code, the exception-listed point code attribute is changed to a full point code attribute, and the exception-list related information from the cluster entry is updated.

When a cluster destination point code is removed from the EAGLE’s database, all related exception-listed point codes of that cluster are removed.

The EAGLE implements these protocol features that are non-preferred options.

  • The EAGLE broadcasts a TFP, when a full point code is prohibited and these conditions apply.
    • The corresponding cluster is not provisioned.
    • All other full point codes belonging to the same cluster are prohibited on the same route.
  • The EAGLE responds with a TFP, when a message is received for an inaccessible point code and the corresponding cluster does not exist.
  • Upon receiving a TCR message for a cluster that is not configured, the EAGLE marks all individually configured members of that cluster as restricted, and starts the RSR procedure for them.
  • Upon receiving a TCP message for a cluster that is not provisioned, the EAGLE marks all individually configured members of that cluster as prohibited, and starts the RSP procedure for them.
  • The EAGLE stops the level 3 T8 and T18 timers, after broadcasting a TCA for prohibited and restricted members of the clusters. These members can be exception-listed point codes or full point codes.
  • The EAGLE stops the level 3 T8 timers after broadcasting a TCR for prohibited members of the clusters. These members can be exception-listed point codes or full point codes.

The route assigned to a full point code DPC cannot be removed from the database if that DPC is a member of a cluster point code in the database.

If a route assigned to a cluster point code is removed from the database, all routes to any members of that cluster are also removed from the database.

Cluster Routing and Management Diversity Example

This section shows an example of the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, and lists the network events affecting the EAGLE. This example is based on Figure 2-22 and Table 2-7.

Figure 2-22 Cluster Management


img/c_cluster_routing_management_diversity_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig2.jpg

Table 2-7 Example Cluster Routing Information

  Route Table for Destination 005-005-001 Route Table for Cluster 005-005-*

1

LSN 1, Cost=10

LSN 1, Cost=10

2

LSN 2, Cost=15

LSN 2, Cost=15

3

LSN 3, Cost=20

LSN 3, Cost=20

When the normal routes, linksets LSN 1 and LSN 2, become available, the EAGLE sends a preventive TFP for destination 005-005-001 and a preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* to node 002-002-002, and starts routing messages to destination 005-005-001 and cluster 005-005-* using linkset LSN 1. The EAGLE broadcasts TFAs about destination 005-005-001 and TCAs about cluster 005-005-* to all other adjacent nodes.

  1. When linkset LSN 4 fails, node 002-002-002 sends a TFP for destination 005-005-001 to the EAGLE. Linkset LSN 4 is prohibited from carrying traffic from the EAGLE to destination 005-005-001. The EAGLE stops using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to destination 005-005-001, performs forced rerouting, starts level 3 timer T11 for destination 005-005-001, and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send messages to destination 005-005-001. The EAGLE generates preventive TFPs about destination 005-005-001 to node 002-002-003. The preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* sent to node 002-002-002 remains in effect.

    When the level 3 timer T11 for destination 005-005-001 expires, TFRs are broadcast for destination 005-005-001 to nodes 004-004-004, 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. Destination 005-005-001 is restricted.

  2. When linkset LSN 5 fails, node 002-002-002 sends a TCP for cluster 005-005-* to the EAGLE. Linkset LSN 5 is prohibited from carrying traffic from the EAGLE to cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE stops using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to cluster 005-005-*, performs forced rerouting, starts the level 3 timer T11 for cluster 005-005-*, and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send messages to cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE sends preventive TCPs for cluster 005-005-* on linkset LSN 2. The EAGLE sends a TCR for cluster 005-005-* on linkset LSN 1, to allow cluster 005-005-* and destination 005-005-001 to send messages back to the EAGLE on linkset LSN 1. When the level 3 timer T11 for cluster 005-005-* expires, the EAGLE sends a TCR for cluster 005-005-* to nodes 004-004-004, 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. Cluster 005-005-* is restricted.
  3. When linkset LSN 6 fails, node 003-003-003 sends a TCP for cluster 005-005-* to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs forced rerouting, sends a preventive TFP for destination 005-005-001 and a TCP for destination 005-005-001 to node 004-004-004, and starts using linkset LSN 3 for sending messages to destination 005-005-001 and cluster 005-005-*.
  4. When linkset LSN 7 fails, node 004-004-004 sends a TCP for cluster 005-005-* to EAGLE. The EAGLE cannot send traffic to either destination 005-005-001 or cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE broadcasts TCPs for cluster 005-005-* to nodes 002-002-002, 003-003-003, 004-004-004, 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. Cluster 005-005-* and destination 005-005-001 are inaccessible.
  5. When linkset LSN 7 recovers, node 004-004-004 sends a TCA for cluster 005-005-* to the EAGLE. The EAGLE sends a preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* to node 004-004-004, and starts using linkset LSN 3 to send traffic to cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE sends a TCR for cluster 005-005-* to node 002-002-002. This allows cluster 005-005-* to send messages back to the EAGLE on linkset LSN 3. The EAGLE sends a preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* to nodes 003-003-003 and 004-004-004. The EAGLE sends a TCR for cluster 005-005-* to nodes 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. The EAGLE enables response method for destination 005-005-001, and starts a routeset test for destination 005-005-001 on linkset LSN 3. Cluster 005-005-* is restricted.
  6. When linkset LSN 6 recovers, node 003-003-003 sends a TCA for cluster 005-005-* to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs controlled rerouting on cluster 005-005-*, sends a preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* to node 003-003-003, and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send traffic to cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE sends a TCR for cluster 005-005-* to node 004-004-004. The EAGLE starts a routeset test for destination 005-005-001 on linkset LSN 2.
  7. When linkset LSN 5 recovers, node 002-002-002 sends a TCA for cluster 005-005-* to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs controlled rerouting, and starts using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to cluster 005-005-*. The EAGLE sends a preventive TCP for cluster 005-005-* to node 002-002-002. The EAGLE broadcasts a TCA for cluster 005-005-* to nodes 003-003-003, 004-004-004, 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. The EAGLE enables response method for destination 005-005-001, and starts a routeset test for destination 005-005-001 on linkset LSN 1. Cluster 005-005-* is allowed.
  8. In response to the routeset test, node 004-004-004 sends a TFA for destination 005-005-001 to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs controlled rerouting, and starts using linkset LSN 3 to send traffic to destination 005-005-001. The EAGLE sends a preventive TFP for destination 005-005-001 to nodes 003-003-003 and 004-004-004. The EAGLE sends a TFR for destination 005-005-001 to node 002-002-002 that allows destination 005-005-001 to send messages back to the EAGLE on linkset LSN 1. The EAGLE broadcasts a TFR for destination 005-005-001 to nodes 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. Destination 005-005-001 is restricted.
  9. In response to the routeset test, node 003-003-003 sends a TFA for destination 005-005-001 to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs controlled rerouting and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send traffic to destination 005-005-001. The EAGLE sends a preventive TFP for destination 005-005-001 to node 003-003-003. The EAGLE sends a TFR for destination 005-005-001 to node 004-004-004.
  10. In response to the routeset test, node 002-002-002 sends a TFA for destination 005-005-001 to the EAGLE. The EAGLE performs controlled rerouting, and starts using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to destination 005-005-001. The EAGLE sends a preventive TFP for destination 005-005-001 to node 002-002-002. The EAGLE sends a TFA for destination 005-005-001 to nodes 003-003-003, 004-004-004, 006-006-006, 007-007-007, and 008-008-008. Destination 005-005-001 is allowed.

Home Cluster Example

Figure 2-23 Home Cluster Example


img/c_cluster_routing_management_diversity_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig3.jpg

Table 2-8 Home Cluster Routing Information

  Route table for Destination 002-002-005 Route table for cluster 002-002-*

1

LSN 1, Cost=10

LSN 1, Cost=10

2

LSN 2, Cost=15

LSN 2, Cost=15

A home cluster is a cluster point code that contains either the true point code or any capability point code of the EAGLE. For example, if the EAGLE’s true point code or any capability point code is 002-002-001 and a cluster 002-002-* is configured, then the cluster 002-002-* is a home cluster.

Provisioning a home cluster causes a profound impact on network management, regarding the home cluster as well as members of the cluster. These impacts are:

  • Because the EAGLE is one of the accessible members of the home cluster, the EAGLE never transmits TCP or TCR messages regarding the home cluster, except for these:
    • Preventive TCP – when starting to route to the cluster through an adjacent node
    • Broadcast TCR – when the EAGLE starts routing on an alternate route for the entire cluster
    • Back Routing TCR – to allow adjacent nodes on normal routes to route through the EAGLE, when the cluster is not accessible on the normal route
    • Broadcast TCP – when the cluster (except the EAGLE itself) becomes inaccessible
  • If individual members are provisioned for the home cluster, the EAGLE properly generates network management messages for these nodes, except that no TFRs can be sent from those members being routed on the alternate route to the EAGLE.
  • Network management replies to the routeset test, and the response method generates the correct network management messages for the home cluster, its members, and unprovisioned member point codes.
  • When the entire home cluster is being routed on the alternate route, the EAGLE generates a full point code response method TFR reply. In such a case, the EAGLE generates only one TFR for the very first member of the cluster for which MSU is received on each signaling link to that cluster.
  • When the home cluster is inaccessible, the EAGLE generates one response TFP, at an interval equal to the value of the level 3 timer T8 for the members of the home cluster. If the EAGLE keeps receiving traffic for the home cluster, the EAGLE sends response TFPs for all members of the cluster.

This makes network management unreliable for the home cluster and its members.

When the normal routes, linksets LSN 1 and LSN 2, become available, the EAGLE sends a preventive TFP for destination 002-002-005 to node 002-002-002, and starts sending messages to destination 002-002-005 and cluster 002-002-* using linkset LSN 1. No preventive messages are sent for cluster 002-002-*. The EAGLE broadcasts a TFA for destination 002-002-005 and a TCA for cluster 002-002-* to all other adjacent nodes.

  1. Node 002-002-002 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-006 on linkset LSN 1. The EAGLE responds with a response preventive TFP for destination 002-002-006 to node 002-002-002.
  2. When linkset LSN 3 fails, node 002-002-002 sends a TFP for destination 002-002-005 to the EAGLE. The EAGLE stops using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to destination 002-002-005, performs forced rerouting, starts the level 3 timer T11 for destination 002-002-005, and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send traffic to destination 002-002-005. The EAGLE generates a preventive TFP for destination 002-002-005 to node 002-002-003. When the level 3 timer T11 for destination 002-002-005 expires, TFRs for destination 002-002-005 are broadcast to nodes 002-002-003 and 001-001-001. Destination 002-002-005 is restricted.
  3. Node 002-002-002 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-005 on linkset LSN 1. The EAGLE responds with a response preventive TFP for destination 002-002-005 to node 002-002-002, because no member of a home cluster is allowed to route messages back to the EAGLE.
  4. When linkset LSN 1 fails, the EAGLE stops using linkset LSN 1 to send traffic to cluster 002-002-*, performs forced rerouting, starts the level 3 timer T11 for cluster 002-002-*, and starts using linkset LSN 2 to send traffic to cluster 002-002-*. Cluster 002-002-* is restricted. No preventive or broadcast messages are sent, and no member of the cluster is allowed to send messages back to the EAGLE.
  5. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-006. The EAGLE responds with a response TFR for destination 002-002-006 to node 001-001-001. The MSU is routed on linkset LSN 2.
  6. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-005. The EAGLE responds with a response TFR for destination 002-002-005 to node 001-001-001. The MSU is routed on linkset LSN 2.
  7. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-007 and receives no response. The MSU is routed on linkset LSN 2.
  8. When linkset LSN 2 fails, destination 002-002-005 and cluster 002-002-* are prohibited. The EAGLE broadcasts a TFP for destination 002-002-005 to node 001-001-001.
  9. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-007. The EAGLE responds with a TFP for destination 002-002-007 to node 001-001-001, and starts the level 3 timer T8 for cluster 002-002-*.
  10. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-006, and receives no response until the level 3 timer T8 expires.
  11. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-005. The EAGLE responds with a TFP for destination 002-002-005 to node 001-001-001, and starts the level 3 timer T8 for destination 002-002-005.
  12. Node 001-001-001 sends an MSU containing the destination point code 002-002-006. After the level 3 timer T8 for cluster 002-002-* expires, the EAGLE responds with a TFP for destination 002-002-006 to node 001-001-001, and starts the level 3 timer T8 for cluster 002-002-*.

2.16 Nested Cluster Routing

When a node is switching traffic to remote (non-adjacent) nodes, it is possible that an STP is using at least one route that is different from the other members of a cluster. Typically, this occurs when the node is directly connected to the member of a cluster, such as when an STP has A-links or E-links that are connected to a member. The nested cluster routing feature provides a mechanism that allows both cluster and member routes to be provisioned in the same cluster.

Nested Clusters and Cluster Members

The cluster routing and management feature requires that routes to a cluster and members of that cluster be in the same routeset. With the nested cluster routing feature, however, users can have certain members of the provisioned cluster with different full point code routesets. This different routeset may be totally different, partially different, or exactly the same.

With the nested cluster routing feature, routes to these members can be changed, deleted, or added. Deletion of a full point code route entry within a cluster will result in the member using the cluster entry for routing. Deletion of a cluster route entry will not delete the full point code route entry. This holds true even if the full point code entry and the cluster have the same route.

The EAGLE sends cluster network management messages (TCA, TCR, TCP) based on the least restrictive of the cluster's routeset status, and the routeset status of any full point code entries within the cluster.

The nested cluster routing feature provides a new routing model. The EAGLE allows several routing models. Table 2-9 describes coupling between the cluster and its members. Coupling describes the relationship between the cluster and member routes.

Table 2-9 Routing Models

System Routing Model Characteristics Issues and Resolution

Full Point Code Routing (FPR)

No coupling

The EAGLE behaves as a full point code router when the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is off. Only full point code destinations are provisioned.

The EAGLE never generates TCx messages concerning clusters of provisioned members. Received TCx messages are applied to all members of the concerned cluster.

No issues. There is no coupling between cluster status and member statuses due to the lack of clusters.

Cluster Routing (CR)

No coupling

NCAI=No

With the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature on, the EAGLE allows the provisioning of cluster destinations. For cluster destinations, only cluster destinations are provisioned. The EAGLE generates TCx messages only for provisioned cluster destinations. All received TCx messages are applied to concerned cluster entry, if it exists. Otherwise, it is applied to all individual members.

No issues. There is no coupling between cluster status and member status due to the lack of members belonging to provisioned cluster.

Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD)

Full coupling

NCAI=No

In this mode, the EAGLE allows provisioning of clusters as well as members of same clusters. Here cluster and member have the same routeset, and they are fully coupled.

All TCx messages are applied to members, and TCx messages generated by the EAGLE reflect member status. In this mode, the member status cannot be less restrictive than the cluster.

No issues regarding network management message generation and processing. Cluster and members cannot have a different routeset, and thus E-links cannot be provisioned for members of a cluster.

Nested Cluster Routing

No coupling

NCAI=Yes

In this mode, if the ncai parameter is yes (provided both the nested cluster routing and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity features are on), the user can enter a cluster routeset, then enter a different routeset for a member of that cluster. In this case, member routeset status can be less restricted than cluster routeset status.

There is an issue regarding broadcasting network management messages. Because members can be less restricted than the cluster, the broadcast of cluster messages (TCA, TCR, TCP) is based on the least restrictive of the following:

  • The cluster’s routeset status.
  • The routeset status of any full point code entries within the cluster.
  • Also, when the ncai parameter is yes, the EAGLE does not generate preventive TCP messages.

Administration

The nested cluster routing feature is provisioned using the ncai parameter of either the ent-dstn or chg-dstn commands. The ncai parameter can only be specified for cluster point codes.

In order to specify the ncai parameter, both the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity and the nested cluster routing features must be on. If the ncai parameter is yes, the EAGLE allows certain members of the provisioned cluster to have a different full point code routeset.

If the ncai parameter is no, standard command-handler rules apply (any full point code routeset within a cluster must have the same routeset as the cluster). If ncai parameter is yes, new command-handler rules apply (full point code routeset can be different from the cluster routeset). Figure 2-24 provides an example of provisioning a nested cluster and its associated members.

Nested Cluster Routing Rules of Operations

The following rules apply to nested clusters (cluster entries with the ncai parameter set to yes):

  1. The EAGLE allows the user to enter a full point code routeset entry even if the point code is a member of a cluster that has a different routeset. For example, in Figure 2-24, the provisioned member 5-5-1 has a different routeset than the cluster's routeset.
  2. When the EAGLE broadcasts network management messages relating to the cluster, the EAGLE uses the least restricted of the following to determine which cluster message (TCA, TCR, TCP) to send:
    • The cluster's routeset status
    • The routeset status of any full point code entries within the cluster

      For example, in Figure 2-24, if linkset LSB fails, a TCP message for cluster 5-5-* is not broadcast because the least restrictive status of provisioned member 5-5-1 is allowed.

  3. The EAGLE does not send preventive TCPs when it begins routing toward a nested cluster. The EAGLE sends response-method preventive TFPs if it receives an MSU and there is danger of circular routing. For example, in Figure 2-24, the EAGLE does not send a preventive TCP for cluster 5-5-* when routing to cluster 5-5-* over linkset LSB. However, if the EAGLE receives an MSU on linkset LSB destined for node 5-5-2, the EAGLE discards the MSU and sends a TFP to node B concerning node 5-5-2.

    Note:

    The EAGLE will still send preventive TFPs when it starts routing toward a full point code member of a nested cluster.
  4. The EAGLE replies to RCx cluster routeset test messages, using the less restrictive routeset status as indicated in rule #2.
  5. The EAGLE replies to RSx full point code routeset messages, using the full point code's routeset status and the danger of circular routing.
  6. Response method TFP or TFR is used when the cluster destination is more restrictive than a full point code member. The modified TFP response method will send no more than one TFP per cluster member during the time period defined by the level 3 T8 timer. The modified TFR response method sends no more than one response TFR per cluster member.

Nested Cluster Routing Example

Figure 2-24 provide an example of nested cluster routing. Table 2-10 and Table 2-11 show the routing tables for the cluster point code and one of the members of the cluster point code. Table 2-12 shows what actions the EAGLE takes when the linksets in a nested cluster configuration fail and recover. The actions in Table 2-12 are based on the example nested cluster routing configuration shown in Figure 2-24.

Figure 2-24 Nested Cluster Routing Sample Configuration


img/c_nested_cluster_routing_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

Table 2-10 Routing Table for Nested Cluster 5-5-*

Linkset Name Route DPC Cost Value of the Route

LSB

5-5-*

10

LSC

5-5-*

20

Table 2-11 Routing Table for Full Point Code Member 5-5-1

Linkset Name Route DPC Cost Value of the Route

LSE

5-5-1

5

LSB

5-5-1

10

LSC

5-5-1

20

Table 2-12 Example of Nested Cluster Routing Failure and Recovery Actions

Event Action

All linksets are up and all routes are available.

The EAGLE does not send a preventive TCP for cluster 5-5-* to node B because cluster 5-5-* is a nested cluster. Messages are routed to SSP 5-5-1 using linkset LSE and to cluster 5-5-* using linkset LSB. The EAGLE broadcasts TCAs concerning cluster 5-5-* to nodes SSP1, SSP 5-5-1, node A, and node B.

The linkset between node B and SSP 5-5-2 fails. Node B sends a TFP concerning SSP 5-5-2.

The EAGLE creates an x-list entry for point code 5-5-2 and marks it prohibited on linkset LSB. The EAGLE broadcasts TFPs to SSP1, SSP 5-5-1 and node A and sends response method TFP concerning point code 5-5-2. The EAGLE starts an RSP for SSP 5-5-2 on linkset LSB.

The linkset between node B and SSP 5-5-1 fails. Node B sends a TFP for SSP 5-5-1 to the EAGLE.

The EAGLE marks full point code 5-5-1 as prohibited on linkset LSB. The EAGLE routes the traffic to SSP 5-5-1 using linkset LSE. The EAGLE starts an RSP for SSP 5-5-1 on linkset LSB.

The linkset between node B and SSP 5-5-2 recovers, and node B sends a TFA for SSP 5-5-2 to the EAGLE.

The EAGLE removes point code 5-5-2 from the exception list. The status of linkset LSB is changed from prohibited to allowed. Traffic is routed to SSP 5-5-2 using linkset LSB.

The EAGLE broadcasts a TFA concerning SSP 5-5-2 to SSP1, SSP 5-5-1 and node A. The EAGLE sends a preventive TFP concerning SSP 5-5-2 to node B.

The linkset between node B and SSP 5-5-1 recovers, and node B sends a TFA concerning SSP 5-5-1 to the EAGLE.

The EAGLE marks full point code 5-5-1 as allowed on linkset LSB.

Linkset LSB fails.

The EAGLE stops using linkset LSB to send traffic to cluster 5-5-*. Linkset LSB is marked prohibited, forced rerouting is performed, level 3 timer T11 for cluster 5-5-* is started, and starts using linkset LSC to send traffic to cluster 5-5-*.

The EAGLE marks cluster 5-5-* restricted on linkset LSC for all members of cluster 5-5-* except full point code 5-5-1. When level 3 timer T11 expires, a TFR response method is sent for all members of cluster 5-5-* except full point code 5-5-1.

SSP1 sends an MSU with DPC=5-5-2.

The EAGLE responds with TFR concerning SSP 5-5-2 to SSP1. The MSU is routed on linkset LSC.

SSP1 sends an MSU with DPC=5-5-1.

The EAGLE routes the MSU to SSP 5-5-1 using linkset LSE.

Linkset LSB recovers.

The EAGLE stops using linkset LSC to send traffic to cluster 5-5-*, performs controlling rerouting on cluster 5-5-*, marks cluster 5-5-* as allowed on linkset LSB, and starts routing traffic to cluster 5-5-* using linkset LSB.

The SSP sends a routeset test (RSR) concerning SSP 5-5-2 to the EAGLE.

The EAGLE responds with a TFA concerning SSP 5-5-2.

Linkset LSC fails.

The EAGLE stops using linkset LSC to send traffic to cluster 5-5-* or full point code 5-5-1, and marks cluster 5-5-* and full point code 5-5-1 as prohibited on linkset LSC.

Linkset LSC recovers.

The EAGLE marks cluster 5-5-* and full point code 5-5-1 as allowed on linkset LSC.

Linkset LSE fails.

The EAGLE stops using linkset LSE to send traffic to SSP-5-5-1, marks SSP 5-5-1 as prohibited on linkset LSE, performs forced rerouting, starts level 3 timer T11 concerning SSP 5-5-1, sends preventive TFP concerning SSP 5-5-1 to node B, and starts using linkset LSB to send traffic to full point code 5-5-1. The EAGLE marks full point code 5-5-1 as restricted on linkset LSB. When level 3 timer T11 expires, a TFR concerning SSP 5-5-1 is sent to SSP1 and node A.

SSP1 sends an MSU with the DPC 5-5-2.

The EAGLE routes the MSU to SSP 5-5-2 using linkset LSB.

SSP1 sends an MSU with the DPC 5-5-1.

The EAGLE responds with a TFR concerning SSP 5-5-1 to SSP1. The MSU is routed to SSP 5-5-1 using linkset LSB.

Linkset LSE recovers.

The EAGLE stops using linkset LSB to send traffic to SSP 5-5-1, performs controlling rerouting on full point code 5-5-1, marks full point code 5-5-1 as allowed on linkset LSE, and starts routing traffic to full point code 5-5-1 using linkset LSE. The EAGLE broadcasts a TFA for SSP 5-5-1 to SSP1, node A, and node B.

Limitations of the Nested Cluster Routing Feature

The EAGLE only supports a maximum of 200 nested cluster destinations. This limit does not apply to non-nested clusters (clusters with the ncai parameter set to no).

If a cluster is more restricted than a member, the EAGLE broadcasts the status of the least restricted member, and relies on response method for members of the cluster that do not have a full point code entry.

The EAGLE does not broadcast preventive TCPs for nested cluster destinations. Because the EAGLE does not send preventive TCPs when it begins routing toward a nested cluster, circular routing can occur. The EAGLE sends response method TFPs if it receives an MSU when there is a danger of circular routing.

2.17 Adding a Cluster Point Code

This procedure is used to add a cluster point code for the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) feature, and nested cluster point codes for the nested cluster routing feature to the database, using the ent-dstn command.

To change the attributes of an existing cluster point code, go to the Changing the Attributes of a Cluster Point Code procedure.

Note:

Cluster entries can only be provisioned as ANSI destination point codes. Cluster entries cannot be provisioned for ITU international or ITU national destination point codes, and cannot be provisioned as a proxy point code. The ANSI alias point code for an ITU international or ITU national destination point code must be a full point code. An ANSI private point code must be a full point code.

To remove a cluster point code from the database, go to the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure.

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature must be turned on.

The ent-dstn command uses these parameters:

:dpc/dpca – The destination point code being added to the database.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE.

Note:

Alias point codes (aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24) and secondary point codes (spc/spca) cannot be specified for a cluster point code.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to this point code.

:domain – The network in which the destination entity or node exists, SS7.

Note:

Specifying :domain=ss7 is the only valid entry for cluster destinations.

:bei – Broadcast exception indicator that indicates whether transfer-prohibited (TFP) messages will be broadcast from this node. The bei=yes parameter means TFPs will not be broadcast. The bei=no parameter means TFPs will be broadcast.

:ipgwapc– (ANSI networks only)IP Gateway Adjacent Point Code indicator. Specify ipgwapc=yes to provide SS7 linkset definition compatibility for gateway connections to IP-SCPs. The default is ipgwapc=no.

:elei – For cluster point codes only. Specifies whether or not the EAGLE maintains a dynamic status exception list for each cluster route that may be used to reach the member signaling points making up the cluster. The elei=yes parameter means the EAGLE does not maintain an exception list for the cluster point code specified by the dpc parameter. The elei=no parameter means the EAGLE does maintain an exception list for the cluster point code specified by the dpc parameter. The default value for the elei parameter is no.

:ncai – The nested-cluster-allowed indicator specifies whether or not the route to the cluster point code can be different from the route to a point code that is a member of the cluster point code. A point code is a member of a cluster point code if it has the same network identifier (NI) and network cluster (NC) values as the cluster point code. This parameter can be specified only for cluster point codes.

If the ncai parameter value is yes, the cluster point code is a nested cluster point code. Point codes that are members of this cluster point code can be assigned to routesets that are different from the routeset assigned to the cluster point code.

If the ncai parameter value is no, the cluster point code is not a nested cluster point code. Point codes that are members of this cluster point code must be assigned to the same routeset assigned to the cluster point code.

The default value for the ncai parameter is no.

See the Nested Cluster Routing section for more information on the nested cluster routing feature.

:nprst - NM bits reset. This parameter specifies whether the NM bits in an ITU IAM message should be set to 00. This parameter has two values.
  • off - Do not set NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.
  • on - Set the NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.

    The default value for this parameter is off.

:rcause - Release cause. This parameter specifies the condition that triggers the sending of a Release message. This parameter has these values.
  • 0 - 127
  • none - use the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

    If the rlcopc parameter value in the rtrv-tipopts output is on and a value of 0-127 is specified for the rcause parameter, then the rcause parameter value overrides the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

:splitiam - This parameter specifies how and when to split an ITU IAM message into one IAM message and one SAM message. This parameter has these values.
  • 15-31 - The maximum number of CdPN digits allowed in the IAM message before the splitting occurs. The remaining digits, up to a total of 32, are encoded in the SAM message.
  • none - the value specified for the splitiam parameter in the rtrv-tifopts output is used to determine when to split the IAM message.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
  • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
  • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
  • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
  • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
  • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501
  • TIF Selective Screening - part number 893040201

The status of these features is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features.

:sccpmsgcnv - The sccpmsgcnv parameter controls SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. The rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. This parameter contains these values.
  • none - SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion is not required on messages for the destination. This value is the default value for this parameter.
  • udt2xudt - All UDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to XUDT(S) messages.
  • xudt2udt - All non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages. Segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are not converted to UDT(S ) messages.
  • sxudt2udt - All segmented and non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages.

The ent-dstn command also contains the homescp and homesmsc parameters. The values for these parameters are yes and no. The value no is the default value for these parameters. The value yes for these parameters cannot be specified for a cluster point code. To specify the value yes for these parameters, perform the Adding a Destination Point Code or Changing a Destination Point Code procedures.

To add a cluster point code to the database, the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature must be on. The ncai parameter can be specified for the cluster point code only if both the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity and nested cluster routing features are on. This is shown by the entries CRMD = on (for the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature) and NCR = on (for the nested cluster routing feature) in the rtrv-feat command output.

The domain of the cluster point code must be SS7 (domain=ss7).

To enter an ANSI point code, an ANSI self ID for the EAGLE must be defined. This can be verified with the rtrv-sid command. The ANSI self ID is shown in the PCA field in the rtrv-sid command output. If no values are shown in the PCA field of the rtrv-sid command output, go to Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to add the ANSI Self ID of the EAGLE.

The actual number of destination point codes that can be configured in the database is set by the mtpdpcq parameter of the chg-stpopts command, and is shown in the MTPDPCQ field in the rtrv-stpopts command output. See 13.

If the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 2500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 2000.

If the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 5500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 5000.

If 6000 routesets are enabled, the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 6500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 6000.

If 7000 routesets are enabled, the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 7500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is 500 to 7000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameter is 500 to 6000.

If 8000 routesets are enabled, the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 8500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is 500 to 8000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameter is 500 to 6000.

If 10,000 routesets are enabled, the sum of the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters cannot exceed 10500. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 10,000.

Note:

For more information on the destination point code quantities, go to the Changing the DPC Quantity procedure.

If the ncai parameter value is yes, the EAGLE can have a maximum of 200 nested cluster point codes in the database.

The value of the clli parameter cannot be in the DPC table and cannot match the CLLI of the EAGLE. Verify this by entering the rtrv-dstn and the rtrv-sid commands, shown in 3 and 4. If the value of the clli parameter matches any CLLI values in either of these outputs, choose another value for the clli parameter that does not match any CLLIs shown in either of these command outputs.

If the PCTYPE field of the rtrv-sid command output contains the entry ANSI, and the network value of the destination point codes specified by the ent-dstn command, is from 0 to 5, the cluster value of that point code must be from 1 to 255. If the network value of that point code is from 6 to 255, the cluster value of that point code must be from 0 to 255.

To add a cluster point code to the database when the database contains point codes that are members of the cluster, the linkset type used by the routes to the member point codes must be either B, C, or D. For example, you wish to add the cluster point code 004-004-* and the database contains point codes 004-004-001 and 004-004-002. When cluster point code is added, point codes 004-004-001 and 004-004-002 would become members of the cluster point code 004-004-*. If point codes 004-004-001 or 004-004-002 are the destination point codes of routes, and the linkset type of these routes are either A or E, the cluster point code 004-004-* cannot be added to the database. The linkset type of these routes must be changed to either B, C, or D to add cluster point code 004-004-* to the database. To change the linkset type of a linkset, perform the Changing an SS7 Linkset procedure.

The examples in this procedure are used to enter the cluster point code 111-011-* and the nested cluster point code 030-045-*.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes in the database, using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       002-002-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       020-002-045   rlghncbb100 no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       020-002-050   rlghncbb100 no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       030-045-001   ----------- yes --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       111-011-001   ----------- yes --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2          11112         SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3          11113         SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000      12001         SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001      12002         SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA           ALIASI        DMN
       11211         rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200      2-121-1       SS7
       11212         rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201      2-121-2       SS7
    
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   11
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 0
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  11
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  12
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the addition of the cluster point code will not exceed the current DPC capacity shown in the rtrv-dstn output, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the cluster point code will exceed the current DPC capacity, and the current capacity is less than 10,000 (or 10,500 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED fields are shown in the rtrv-dstn output), perform the Changing the DPC Quantity procedure to change the DPC quantity. Continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the cluster point code will exceed the current DPC capacity, and the current capacity is 10,000 (or 10,500 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED fields are shown in the rtrv-dstn output), perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove a DPC or perform the Removing a Route Exception Entry procedure to remove an exception route. Continue the procedure with 2.

    Note:

    If thertrv-dstn output in1shows any cluster point codes, and nested cluster point codes are not being configured in this procedure, continue the procedure with3.

    Note:

    If cluster point codes are not shown in thertrv-dstn output in1, but ANSI point codes are shown in1, continue the procedure with3.
  2. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command. This is an example of the possible output..
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    PCA              PCI             PCN           CLLI            PCTYPE
    010-020-030      0-123-1         12-0-14-1     rlghncxa03w     OTHER
    
    CPCA
    002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
    002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
    004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
    CPCI
    1-001-1           1-001-2           1-001-3          1-001-4
    1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
    2-001-1           7-222-7
    
    CPCN
    2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2          2-0-12-1
    2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    

    If the PCA field does not contain an entry, perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure and add an ANSI point code to the self identification of the EAGLE.

    Note:

    If theDESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATEDandX-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED fields are shown in thertrv-dstn output in1, and nested cluster point codes are not being configured in this procedure, continue the procedure with6.
  3. Verify that the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on, by entering the rtrv-feat command. If nested cluster point codes are to be configured in the database, the nested cluster routing feature must be turned on. If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on, the CRMD field should be set to on. If the nested cluster routing feature is turned on, the NCR field should be set to on. In this example, both features are off.

    Note:

    Thertrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-feat command, see thertrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.
  4. Turn the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature on by entering this command.

    chg-feat:crmd=on

    Note:

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is on, shown by theCRMD = on entry in thertrv-feat command output in3, continue the procedure with5.

    Note:

    Once the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on with thechg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If nested cluster point codes are being added to the database or the ncai parameter is be specified for the cluster point code and the nested cluster routing feature is on, shown by the NCR = on entry in the rtrv-feat command output in 3, and DPCs are shown in the rtrv-dstn output that are members of the cluster point code that is being added, continue the procedure with 6. If the rtrv-dstn output does not show any DPCs that are members of the cluster point code being added, continue the procedure with 9.

    If nested cluster point codes are being added to the database or the ncai parameter is be specified for the cluster point code and the nested cluster routing feature is off, continue the procedure with 5.

  5. Turn the nested cluster routing feature on by entering this command.
    chg-feat:ncr=on

    Note:

    Once the nested cluster routing feature is turned on with thechg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The nested cluster routing feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the nested cluster routing feature, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If thertrv-dstn output does not show any DPCs that are members of the cluster point code being added in this procedure, continue the procedure with 9 .
  6. The cluster point code cannot be added to the database if the database contains member point codes assigned to routes that are assigned to linksets whose linkset type is either A or E.

    Enter the rtrv-rte command with one of the DPCs that is a member of the cluster point code being added in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-rte:dpca=111-011-001

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       111-011-001    -------    -----------   lsn2       10   111-011-001
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    rtrv-rte:dpca=030-045-001

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       030-045-001    -------    -----------   lsn3       10    030-045-001
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    If the DPC specified in this step is the DPC of a route, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the DPC specified in this step is not the DPC of a route, repeat this step for other DPCs, shown in the rtrv-dstn output, that are members of the cluster point code being added in this procedure.

    If all the DPCs that are members of the cluster point code being added have been displayed, and none of these DPCs are DPCs of routes, continue the procedure with 9.

  7. Enter the rtrv-ls command with the linkset name shown in the rtrv-rte output in 6.

    The linkset name is shown in the LSN column of the rtrv-rte output. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsn2          111-011-001   none 1   1   no  B   2    off off off no    off
    
               CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    no       CdPA                no
    
                                      L2T               PCR  PCR
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2
               1103 A     0  LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---  -----
               1104 A     1  LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---  -----
    
    Link set table is (6 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsn3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsn3          030-045-001   none 1   1   no  B   2    off off off no    off
    
               CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    no       CdPA                no
    
                                      L2T               PCR  PCR
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2
               1103 B     0  LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---  -----
               1104 B     1  LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---  -----
    
    Link set table is (6 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If the linkset type of the linkset is either A or E, performChanging an SS7 Linkset to change the linkset type to B, C, or D.

    If all the DPCs that are members of the cluster point code being added have not been displayed in 6, repeat 6 and 7.

    After all the linksets whose APCs are members of the cluster point code that is being added, and the linkset type of these linksets shown in this step is B, C, or D, or the linkset type was changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will not be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 9 .
    • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707 on     64
    TIF Number Portability    893018901 off    ----
    XUDT UDT Conversion       893035301 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
    To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
    • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
    • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
    • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
    • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
    • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features as required.

  9. Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 11 if any of these conditions are present.
      • The sccpmsgcnv parameter will not be specified for the cluster point code.
      • The sccpmsgcnv parameter will be specified for the cluster point code and the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.
    • Continue the procedure with 10 if the sccpmsgcnv parameter will be specified for the cluster point code and 8 was not performed.
  10. Enter this command to verify the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893035301

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    XUDT UDT Conversion       893035301 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on, or the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure was performed in this step, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Add the cluster point code to the database, by using the ent-dstn command.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    ent-dstn:dpca=111-011-*:clli=rlghncbb000:bei=yes:elei=yes:domain=ss7

    ent-dstn:dpca=030-045-*:clli=rlghncbb010:bei=yes:elei=yes :domain=ss7:ncai=yes

    ent-dstn:dpca=100-075-*:bei=yes:elei=yes:ncai=yes:nprst=on:rcause=15 :splitiam=10:sccpmsgcnv=udt2xudt

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   12
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  15
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  12
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  12. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the DPC that was entered in 11.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=111-011-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  no           none   off   none     no     no    none 
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   12
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  15
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  12
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=030-045-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  no           none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   12
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  15
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  12
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=100-075-*

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       100-075-*     ----------- yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  yes          15     on      10     no     no    udt2xudt
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   12
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  15
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  12
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If you do not wish to change the exception list parameters for the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, continue the procedure with16.
  13. The parameters for the exception list for the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature can be changed from the default settings by using the chg-stpopts command. The parameters of the chg-stpopts command that control the exception point-code list are:

    mtpxlq = the maximum number of entries the exception list (x-list) can contain

    mtpxlet = the maximum amount of time the EAGLE will maintain an unreferenced exception list (x-list) entry, expressed in the format hhmm, where hh is the number of hours, and mm is the number of minutes.

    mtpxlot = the exception list (x-list) occupancy threshold (in terms of percentage of space available). If this threshold is exceeded, the EAGLE raises a minor alarm.

    mtpdpcq = the maximum number of destination point codes that can be configured on the EAGLE.

    Note:

    The sum of theMTPDPCQ andMTPXLQ value’s cannot exceed one of these totals depending on the features that are enabled or turned on:
    • 2500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, or 8000 routesets are not enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 2000.
    • 5500 – if the 5000 Routes feature is on, but 6000, 7000, or 8000 routesets are not enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 5000.
    • 6500 – if 6000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 6000.
    • 7500 – if 7000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is 500 to 7000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameter is 500 to 6000.
    • 8500 – if 8000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq parameter is 500 to 8000. The range of values for the mtpxlq parameter is 500 to 6000.
    • 10,500 – if 10,000 routesets are enabled. The range of values for the mtpdpcq and mtpxlq parameters is 500 to 10,000.

    Display the existing values for the exception list parameters, by entering the rtrv-stpopts command. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    MTPXLQ             500
    MTPXLET           0100
    MTPXLOT            90%
    MTPDPCQ           2000
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-stpopts command, see thertrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    Note:

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity was turned on in this procedure, theMTPXLQ,MTPXLET, andMTPXLOT parameters are shown with these default values.
    • MTPXLQ – 500
    • MTPXLET – 0100
    • MTPXLOT – 90%

    The MTPDPCQ value is not changed when the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity is turned on.

  14. If you wish to change the exception list parameters or the mtpdpcq value, enter the chg-stpopts command.

    Note:

    If the DPC quantity or the exception list quantity is being changed in this step, both the mtpdpcq andmtpxlq parameters do have to be specified in this step unless the resulting sum of themtpdpcq andmtpxlq parameters would exceed the totals shown in12. For example, the currentmtpdpcq value is 4000 and the currentmtpxlq value is 1500, resulting in a sum of 5500, and only the 5000 Routes feature is on. To change either value, both parameters must be specified and the sum of the new values cannot exceed 5500. If in this example, the currentmtpdpcq value is 3000 and the currentmtpxlq value is 1500, resulting in a sum of 4500, either parameter value can be changed without specifying the other parameter as long as the sum of the values does not exceed 5500.

    For this example, change the DPC quantity value to 1750, the exception list size to 750, the exception list timer to 1 hour and 30 minutes (90 minutes), and the exception list occupancy threshold to 75%. Enter this command.

    chg-stpopts:mtpdpcq=1750:mtpxlq=750:mtpxlet=0130:mtpxlot=75

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-STPOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  15. Verify the changes using the rtrv-stpopts command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    MTPXLQ             750
    MTPXLET           0130
    MTPXLOT            75%
    MTPDPCQ           1750
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-stpopts command, see thertrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.
  16. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-25 Adding a Cluster Point Code



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

2.18 Changing the Attributes of a Cluster Point Code

This procedure is used to change the attributes of a cluster point code in the database, using the chg-dstn command.

Note:

Cluster entries can be provisioned only as ANSI destination point codes. Cluster entries cannot be provisioned for ITU international or ITU national destination point codes, and cannot be provisioned as a proxy point code. The ANSI alias point code for an ITU international or ITU national destination point code must be a full point code. An ANSI private point code must be a full point code.

To add a new cluster point code to the database, perform the Adding a Cluster Point Code procedure.

To remove a cluster point code from the database, perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure.

The cluster point code to be changed must be in the database.

The chg-dstn command uses these parameters:

:dpc/dpca – The destination point code in the database being changed

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE.

Note:

Alias point codes (aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24) and secondary point codes (spc/spca) cannot be specified for a cluster point code.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to this point code

:domain – The network in which the destination entity or node exists- SS7.

:bei – Broadcast exception indicator that indicates whether transfer-prohibited (TFP) messages will be broadcast from this node. The bei=yes parameter means TFPs will not be broadcast. The bei=no parameter means TFPs will be broadcast.

:ipgwapc – (ANSI networks only)IP Gateway Adjacent Point Code indicator. Specify ipgwapc=yes to provide SS7 linkset definition compatibility for gateway connections to IP-SCPs. The default is ipgwapc=no.

:elei – For cluster point codes only. Specifies whether or not the EAGLE maintains a dynamic status exception list for each cluster route that may be used to reach the member signaling points making up the cluster. The elei=yes parameter means the EAGLE does not maintain an exception list for the cluster point code specified by the dpc parameter. The elei=no parameter means the EAGLE does maintain an exception list for the cluster point code specified by the dpc parameter.

:ncai – The nested-cluster-allowed indicator specifies whether or not the route to the cluster point code can be different from the route to a point code that is a member of the cluster point code. A point code is a member of a cluster point code if it has the same network identifier (NI) and network cluster (NC) values as the cluster point code. This parameter can be specified only for cluster point codes.

If the ncai parameter value is yes, the cluster point code is a nested cluster point code. Point codes that are members of this cluster point code can be assigned to routesets that are different from the routeset assigned to the cluster point code.

If the ncai parameter value is no, the cluster point code is not a nested cluster point code. Point codes that are members of this cluster point code must be assigned to the same routeset assigned to the cluster point code.

Refer to the Nested Cluster Routing section for more information on the nested cluster routing feature.

:nprst - NM bits reset. This parameter specifies whether the NM bits in an ITU IAM message should be set to 00. This parameter has two values.
  • off - Do not set NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.
  • on - Set the NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.

    The default value for this parameter is off.

:rcause - Release cause. This parameter specifies the condition that triggers the sending of a Release message. This parameter has these values.
  • 0 - 127
  • none - use the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

    If the rlcopc parameter value in the rtrv-tipopts output is on and a value of 0-127 is specified for the rcause parameter, then the rcause parameter value overrides the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

:splitiam - This parameter specifies how and when to split an ITU IAM message into one IAM message and one SAM message. This parameter has these values.
  • 15-31 - The maximum number of CdPN digits allowed in the IAM message before the splitting occurs. The remaining digits, up to a total of 32, are encoded in the SAM message.
  • none - the value specified for the splitiam parameter in the rtrv-tifopts output is used to determine when to split the IAM message.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
  • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
  • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
  • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
  • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
  • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    The status of these features is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features.

:sccpmsgcnv - The sccpmsgcnv parameter controls SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. The rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. This parameter contains these values.
  • none - SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion is not performed on messages for the destination.
  • udt2xudt - All UDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to XUDT(S) messages.
  • xudt2udt - All non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages. Segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are not converted to UDT(S ) messages.
  • sxudt2udt - All segmented and non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages.

The chg-dstn command also contains the homescp and homesmsc parameters. The values for these parameters are yes and no. The value no is the system default value for these parameters. The value yes for these parameters cannot be specified for a cluster point code. To specify the value yes for these parameters, perform the Adding a Destination Point Code or Changing a Destination Point Code procedures.

The value of the clli parameter cannot be in the DPC table and cannot match the CLLI of the EAGLE. Verify this by entering the rtrv-dstn and the rtrv-sid commands, shown in 1 and 3. If the value of the clli parameter matches any CLLI values in either of these outputs, choose another value for the clli parameter that does not match any CLLIs shown in either of these command outputs.

If a nested cluster point code is changed to a non-nested cluster point code (the value of the ncai parameter is changed from yes to no), any point codes that are members of this point code must be assigned to the same routeset as the cluster point code.

The elei (exception list exclusion indicator) parameter can be specified only for a cluster destination point code. Cluster destination point codes and the elei parameter can be specified only if the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on. Verify this with the rtrv-feat command. If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on, the CRMD field should be set to on. If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is not turned on, enter the chg-feat:crmd=on command. For more information on the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature, refer to the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity (CRMD) section.

The ncai parameter can be specified only if the Nested Cluster Routing feature is on. This can be verified with the entry NCR = on in the rtrv-feat command output. If the nested cluster routing feature is not turned on, enter the chg-feat:ncr=on command. For more information on the nested cluster routing feature, refer to the Nested Cluster Routing section.

Note:

Once the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity and nested cluster routing features are turned on with the chg-feat command, they cannot be turned off.

The Cluster Routing and Management Diversity and nested cluster routing features must be purchased before you turn these features on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity and nested cluster routing features, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.

The examples in this procedure are used to change the attributes of the cluster point code 030-003-*.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN and RTRV-RTE Commands

Because thertrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes, using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       020-002-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3     SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0    SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1    SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2    SS7
       030-003-*     rlghncbb333 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-003-100   rlghncbb334 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       030-003-200   rlghncbb335 yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1    SS7
       030-003-225   rlghncbb336 yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1     SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2     SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3     SS7
       4-163-5       ----------- no  ---    250-200-007     15-11-5-1     SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1      ----------- no  ---    210-090-100     1-75-6        SS7
       10-15-2-3     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
    
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   20
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  28
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the CLLI value for the cluster point code is not being changed in this procedure, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the CLLI value for the cluster point code is being changed in this procedure, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
    
       010-020-030     0-123-1      12-0-14-1          rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCI
       1-001-1           1-001-2           1-001-3          1-001-4
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2          2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    

    If the CLLI value for the cluster point code is being changed in this procedure, that CLLI value cannot be shown in the CLLI fields of either the rtrv-dstn (1) or the rtrv-sid command outputs.

  3. Display the attributes of the cluster point code being changed, by entering the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the cluster point code that is being changed.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=030-003-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       030-003-*     rlghncbb333 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  yes          none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   20
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  28
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the nprst, rcause, splitiam, sccpmsgcnv, or ncai parameter values will not be changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If only the ncai parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is no, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is yes, continue the procedure with 6.
    • If the sccpmsgcnv parameter value will be changed and the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameter values will not be changed, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure with 4.
  4. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707 on     64
    TIF Number Portability    893018901 off    ----
    XUDT UDT Conversion       893035301 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
    To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
    • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
    • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
    • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
    • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
    • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features as required.

    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the sccpmsgcnv or ncai parameter values will not be changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If only the ncai parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is no, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is yes, continue the procedure with 6.
    • If the sccpmsgcnv parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure with 5.
  5. To specify the sccpmsgcnv parameter the XUDT UDT Conversion feature must be enabled and turned on.
    If 4 was performed and the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 4 shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the ncai parameter values will not be changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the ncai parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is no, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is yes, continue the procedure with 6.

    If 4 was performed and the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 4 shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled and turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    If 4 was not performed, enter this command to verify the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893035301

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    XUDT UDT Conversion       893035301 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on, or the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure was performed in this step, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the ncai parameter values will not be changed, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the ncai parameter value will be changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is no, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the current ncai parameter value is yes, continue the procedure with 6.
  6. Enter the rtrv-dstn command with the cluster point code being changed, but with three asterisks for the network-cluster member value of the cluster point code instead of one asterisk.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=030-003-***

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       030-003-*     rlghncbb333 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-003-100   rlghncbb334 yes no     1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       030-003-200   rlghncbb335 yes no     1-117-3         10-13-11-1    SS7
       030-003-225   rlghncbb336 yes no  ----------      --------------   SS7
    
    Destination table is (20 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (28 of 8000) 1% full
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the cluster point code does not have any member point codes in the database, continue the procedure with 8.

    If the cluster point code has member point codes in the database, continue the procedure with 7.

  7. Display the routes to the members of the cluster point code, shown in 6, in the database using the rtrv-rte command with the DPC values shown in 6 for the members of the cluster point code.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-rte:dpca=030-003-100

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       030-003-100    1-112-3    10-13-10-1    ls000300   10    030-003-100
    
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=rlghncbb334
    

    rtrv-rte:dpca=030-003-200

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       030-003-200    1-117-3    10-13-11-1    ls000301   10    10 030-003-200
    
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=rlghncbb335
    

    rtrv-rte:dpca=030-003-225

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       030-003-225 ---------- --------------   ls000301   10    030-003-300
    
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=rlghncbb336
    

    If the NCAI parameter is being changed from YES to NO, the routes to the point codes that are members of the cluster point code being changed must be removed from the database. Perform the Removing a Route procedure to remove these routes from the database. For this example, the routes to point codes 030-003-100, 030-003-200, and 030-003-225 must be removed. Continue the procedure with 10.

  8. Verify that the nested cluster routing feature is on with the rtrv-feat command.

    If the nested cluster routing feature is turned on, the NCR field should be set to on. In this example, the nested cluster routing feature is off.

    Note:

    Thertrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-feat command, see thertrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the nested cluster routing feature is on, continue the procedure with 10.

    If the nested cluster routing feature is off, continue the procedure with 9.

  9. Turn the nested cluster routing feature on by entering this command.

    chg-feat:ncr=on

    Note:

    Once the nested cluster routing feature is turned on with thechg-feat command, it cannot be turned off

    The nested cluster routing feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the nested cluster routing features, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  10. Change the attributes of the cluster point code, using the chg-dstn command.

    If the rcause, nprst, and splitiam parameters will be specified for the cluster point code, one or more of the features shown in 4 must be enabled.

    If the sccpmsgcnv parameter will be specified for the cluster point code, the XUDT UDT Conversion feature, shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in either 4 or 5, must be enabled.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-dstn:dpca=030-003-*:clli=ls09clli:ncai=no:elei=no:nprst=on:rcause=5 :splitiam=20:sccpmsgcnv=xudt2udt

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   20
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  28
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    CHG-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  11. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command, and specifying the cluster point code that was entered in 10 with the dpca parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=030-003-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       030-003-*     ls09clli    yes no  --------------   --------------  SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  no           5      on      20     no     no    xudt2udt
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   20
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  28
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  12. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-26 Changing the Attributes of a Cluster Point Code



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

2.19 Network Routing

Network routing allows the user to provision a single routeset that can used for all MSUs destined to members of that network. The advantages of network routing are:

  • Reduces the number of entries in the route table
  • Allows routing to members of a network without having to add those members to the route table

A EAGLE user can connect to a remote network by provisioning a single route table element. As the remote network grows, the EAGLE user does not have to add new route table entries for each new point code in the remote network.

Note:

Network routing can be used only with ANSI point codes. A network routing point code cannot be provisioned as a proxy point code.

Types of Routing Strategies Available

The EAGLE currently allows a user to provision two types of routing strategies:

  • Full point code routing
  • Network/cluster routing (also called cluster routing)

This feature allows the user to provision a third type of routing strategy, network routing.

It is possible to provision full point code entries, cluster entries, and network entries for members of the same network. Any overlaps in the routing strategies are handled by a specific searching hierarchy.

All of these route table entries can coexist:

  • 8-1-1 – A full point code entry
  • 8-1-* – A cluster entry
  • 8-*-* – A network entry

The searching hierarchy tries to match against a full point code entry first, followed by a cluster entry, and finally a network entry. In the preceding example, when the EAGLE routes an MSU destined for 8-1-1, it uses the full point code entry; when the EAGLE routes an MSU destined for 8-1-2 it uses the cluster entry; and when the EAGLE routes an MSU destined for 8-2-2, it uses the network entry.

Applications

Network routing is very useful when the destination node is very far away from the source node. The reliability of network routing increases when the destination is further away. Notice that in Figure 2-27, routing from network A is more reliable to nodes in network C than to nodes in network B.

Figure 2-27 Example of Network Routing Reliability


img/c_network_routing_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig1.jpg

If the nodes in network A use network routing for network C, network A can still route traffic to SSP C, even if two linksets fail. In this example, one of the A-linksets to SSP C and the C-linkset between node C1 and node C2 fail. In this case, the EAGLE in network A continues to route half its traffic to node B1, and half to node B2. Node B1 and node B2 (which do not use network routing) route all traffic for SSP C through node C2.

If the nodes in network A use network routing for network B, traffic going to SSP B may be lost if two linksets fail. In this example, one of the A-linksets to SSP B and the C-linkset between node B1 and node B2 fail. In this case, the EAGLE in network A continues to route half its traffic to node B1, and half to node B2. Traffic for SSP B routed through node B1 is discarded, resulting in message loss.

Route Availability

A route is one path to a destination. A routeset is a list of paths to a destination. Route availability consists of two parts:

  • Local availability
  • Remote availability

Remote availability is affected by TFx network management messages. Local availability is affected by linkset failures and recoveries. TFx messages do not affect point codes accessed by network route entries. Therefore, for network route entries, route availability consists of only local availability. The highest priority linkset available for traffic is used for routing MSUs, regardless of the remote availability of that route.

Figure 2-28 Potential Routing Network Failure


img/c_network_routing_config_dest_table_dbadmin_ss7-fig2.jpg

In the example in Figure 2-28, linksets LS-C and LS-D form a combined route to network route 7-*-*. Because 7-*-* is a network route, the EAGLE always considers the non-adjacent status of the routes to be allowed. In the example shown, the EAGLE routes traffic destined to 7-7-1 over LS-C and LS-D. The EAGLE ignores TFPs concerning 7-7-1 or TCPs concerning 7-7-*.

Point Code Availability

A point code that is accessed by a network route entry is considered available if there is any linkset in the routeset that is available for traffic.

Local Link Congestion

This feature has no impact on the generation of TFC messages. A TFC is generated concerning point code X-Y-Z, even if X-Y-Z is routed using a network route entry.

Remote Congestion

Because the EAGLE has global title capabilities, it is possible for the EAGLE to receive a TFC concerning a point code that is accessed by a network route entry. Network route entries are not affected by TFC messages.

Broadcast Transfer Messages

The EAGLE does not broadcast TFx messages for network route entries.

Response Method Transfer Messages

The EAGLE sends response method TFx messages for network routes as follows:

  • Prohibited Network Routes

    If the EAGLE receives an MSU that is accessed by a network route entry, and that network route is Prohibited, the EAGLE sends a response method TFP or TCP message, as follows:

    • If there is a full point code defined in the same cluster as the MSU (for example, 8-*-* and 8-1-1 are defined in the EAGLE's routing table, and MSU is destined for 8-1-2), the EAGLE sends a TFP with concerned point code set to the MSU's DPC.
    • Otherwise, the EAGLE sends a TCP with concerned point code set to the cluster of the MSU's DPC.

    The EAGLE sends response method TCPs or TFPs at a rate of one TCP or TFP per signaling link during the level 3 T8 timer period for each network route.

    For example, in Figure 2-28, the network route for 7-*-* becomes Prohibited due to the failure of LS-B, LS-C, and LS-D. When the EAGLE receives an MSU from X destined for 7-7-1, the EAGLE sends a response method TCP concerning 7-7-*. When the EAGLE receives an MSU from X destined for 7-8-2, the EAGLE sends a response method TCP concerning 7-8-*.

  • System Detects Danger of Circular Routing

    If the EAGLE receives an MSU that is accessed by a network route entry, and the EAGLE detects danger of circular routing, the EAGLE sends a response method TFP or TCP message, as follows:

    • If there is a full point code defined in the same cluster as the MSU (for example, 8-*-* and 8-1-1 are defined in the EAGLE's routing table, and the MSU is destined for 8-1-2), the EAGLE sends a TFP with concerned point code set to the MSU's DPC.
    • Otherwise, the EAGLE sends a TCP with concerned point code set to the cluster of the MSU's DPC.

    The EAGLE sends response method TCPs at a rate of one TCP per signaling link during the level 3 T8 timer period for each network route.

    For example, in Figure 2-28, all linksets are available. If the EAGLE receives an MSU from node C destined for 7-7-1, the EAGLE detects danger of circular routing, and sends a response method TCP concerning 7-7-*. The EAGLE also discards the MSU.

  • Restricted Network Routes

    If the EAGLE receives an MSU that is accessed by a network route entry, and that network route is Restricted, the EAGLE sends a one-time response method TFR or TCR message, as follows:

    • If there is a full point code defined in the same cluster as the MSU (for example, 8-*-* and 8-1-1 are defined in the EAGLE's routing table, and MSU is destined for 8-1-2), the EAGLE sends a TFR with concerned point code set to the MSU's DPC.
    • Otherwise, the EAGLE sends a TCR with concerned point code set to the cluster of the MSU's DPC.

    For example, in Figure 2-28, the network route for 7-*-* becomes Restricted due to the failure of LS-C and LS-D. When the EAGLE receives an MSU from X destined for 7-7-1, the EAGLE sends a response method TCR concerning 7-7-*, then routes the MSU over LS-B. When the EAGLE next receives an MSU from X destined for 7-8-2, the EAGLE does not send a response, and routes the MSU over LS-B.

Reception of Transfer Messages

The EAGLE does not apply received transfer messages to a network route.

For example, in Figure 2-28, if the EAGLE receives a TFP concerning 7-7-1, it has no effect on the routing status of 7-*-*. The EAGLE continues to send MSUs destined to 7-*-*, including MSUs destined to 7-7-1, on LS-C.

As another example, if the EAGLE receives a TCP concerning 7-8-*, it has no effect on the routing status of 7-*-*. The EAGLE continues to send MSUs destined to 7-*-*, including MSUs destined to 7-8-2, on LS-C.

Reception of an RSx Message

If a routeset test (RSP or RSR) is received, a full point code reply (TFx) is generated. The responses to RSP/RSR have been changed according to Table 2-13. Note that the searching hierarchy applies.

Table 2-13 Reception of an RSx Message

Concerned Point Code is: Result

Found by a full point code match

No change to existing rules.

Found by a cluster match

No change to existing rules.

Found by a network match

Send a TFx message based on the current routeset status.

  • Send a TFP if danger of circular routing.

Otherwise:

  • Send a TFA if the network route is Allowed.

  • Send a TFR if the network route is Restricted.

  • Send a TFP if the network route is Prohibited.

Not found

No change to existing rules. Send a TFP.

Reception of an RCx Message

If a routeset cluster test (RCP or RCR) is received, a cluster reply (TCx) is generated. The responses to RCP/RCR have been changed according to Table 2-14. Note that the searching hierarchy applies.

Table 2-14 Reception of an RCx Message

Concerned Point Code is: Result

Found by a cluster match

No change to existing rules.

Found by a network match

Send a TCx message based on the current routeset status.

  • Send a TCP if danger of circular routing.

Otherwise:

  • Send a TCA if the network route is Allowed.

  • Send a TCR if the network route is Restricted.

  • Send a TCP if the network route is Prohibited.

Not found

No change to existing rules. Send a TCP.

Administration

The network routing feature must be on, before a network routing point code can be provisioned in the database. This can be verified with the entry NRT = on in the output of the rtrv-feat command. If the network routing feature is not on, NRT = off, it must be turned on with the chg-feat command using the nrt=on parameter. Once the network routing feature is on, the network routing point code can be provisioned in the database like any other destination point code. Routes can then be assigned to the network routing point code like any other destination point code. For more information on provisioning network routing point codes, see the Adding a Network Routing Point Code procedure.

Note:

Once the network routing feature is turned on using the chg-feat command, it cannot be turned off. When using the network routing feature, limited network management is provided for point codes not covered by full point code routing, cluster routing, or nested cluster routing.

The network routing feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the network routing feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

2.20 Adding a Network Routing Point Code

This procedure is used to add a destination point code to the database, using the ent-dstn command.

To change the attributes of an existing network routing point code, perform the Changing a Destination Point Code procedure.

To remove a network routing point code from the database, perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure.

The ent-dstn command uses these parameters.

:dpc/dpca – The destination point code being added to the database

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE. Alias point codes (aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24) and secondary point codes (spc/spca) cannot be specified for a network routing point code. An ANSIprivate point code must be a full point code.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to this point code.

:domain – The network in which the destination entity or node exists, SS7.

The network routing point code must be in the SS7 domain (domain=ss7) and can only be an ANSI point code. ITU point codes cannot be specified as network routing point codes.

:nprst - NM bits reset. This parameter specifies whether the NM bits in an ITU IAM message should be set to 00. This parameter has two values.
  • off - Do not set NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.
  • on - Set the NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.

    The default value for this parameter is off.

:rcause - Release cause. This parameter specifies the condition that triggers the sending of a Release message. This parameter has these values.
  • 0 - 127
  • none - use the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

    If the rlcopc parameter value in the rtrv-tipopts output is on and a value of 0-127 is specified for the rcause parameter, then the rcause parameter value overrides the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

:splitiam - This parameter specifies how and when to split an ITU IAM message into one IAM message and one SAM message. This parameter has these values.
  • 15-31 - The maximum number of CdPN digits allowed in the IAM message before the splitting occurs. The remaining digits, up to a total of 32, are encoded in the SAM message.
  • none - the value specified for the splitiam parameter in the rtrv-tifopts output is used to determine when to split the IAM message.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
  • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
  • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
  • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
  • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
  • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    The status of these features is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features.

:sccpmsgcnv - The sccpmsgcnv parameter controls SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. The rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. This parameter contains these values.
  • none - SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion is not required on messages for the destination. This value is the default value for this parameter.
  • udt2xudt - All UDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to XUDT(S) messages.
  • xudt2udt - All non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages. Segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are not converted to UDT(S ) messages.
  • sxudt2udt - All segmented and non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages.
These parameters cannot be specified with a network routing point code.

The ent-dstn command also contains the homescp and homesmsc parameters. The values for these parameters are yes and no. The value no is the default value for these parameters. The value yes for these parameters cannot be specified for a network routing point code. To specify the value yes for these parameters, perform the Adding a Destination Point Code or Changing a Destination Point Code procedures.

The value of the clli parameter cannot be in the DPC table and cannot match the CLLI of the EAGLE. Verify this by entering the rtrv-dstn and the rtrv-sid commands, shown in 1 and 2. If the value of the clli parameter matches any CLLI values in either of these outputs, choose another value for the clli parameter that does not match any CLLIs shown in either of these command outputs.

To enter the dpc/dpca parameter with the ent-dstn command, a point code must be defined in the PCA field of the self ID of the EAGLE. Verify this with the rtrv-sid command.

If no value is shown in the PCA field in the rtrv-sid command output, the self-identification of the EAGLE must be updated with an ANSI point code. Go to Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to change the self-identification of the EAGLE.

Note:

To enter a network routing point code with the network indicator values 1 through 5, the pctype parameter value of the chg-sid command must be set to other. If you attempt to add a network routing point code with the network indicator values 1 through 5 and the pctype parameter value is ansi, the ent-dstn command will be rejected with this error message.

E2169 Cmd Rej: Point code out of range

Destination point codes must be unique in the database.

The actual number of destination point codes that can be configured in the database is set by the mtpdpcq parameter of the chg-stpopts command, and is shown in the MTPDPCQ field in the rtrv-stpopts command output.

If the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, a maximum of 2000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, a maximum of 5000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 6000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 6000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 7000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 7000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 8000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 8000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 10,000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 10,000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

Note:

For more information on the destination point code quantities, refer to the Changing the DPC Quantity procedure.

The examples in this procedure are used to add the network routing point code 007-*-* to the database.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.

  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered.

  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       001-002-003   ls04clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3     SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0    SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1    SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2    SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1     SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2     SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3     SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       10-15-2-3     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0     rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
    
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   6000
        FULL DPC(s):                   14
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  16
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  18
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the addition of the network routing point code will not exceed the current DPC capacity shown in the rtrv-dstn output, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the network routing point code will exceed the current DPC capacity, and the current capacity is less than 10,000 (or 10,500 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED fields are shown in the rtrv-dstn output), perform the Changing the DPC Quantity procedure to change the DPC quantity. Continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the network routing point code will exceed the current DPC capacity, and the current capacity is 10,000 (or 10,500 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED fields are shown in the rtrv-dstn output), perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove a DPC or perform the Removing a Route Exception Entry procedure to remove an exception route. Continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Verify that the network routing feature is on, by entering the rtrv-feat command.

    If the network routing feature is on, the NRT field should be set to on. For this example, the network routing feature is off.

    Note:

    Thertrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-feat command, see thertrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the network routing feature is on, continue the procedure with 4.

  3. If the network routing feature is not on, shown by the NRT = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output of 2, turn the network routing feature on by entering this command.
    chg-feat:nrt=on

    Note:

    Once the network routing feature is turned on with thechg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    The network routing feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the network routing feature, contact your Oracle Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-07 00:57:31 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If you wish to enter a network routing point code with the network indicator values 1 through 5, and the network indicator values 1 through 5 are not shown in the rtrv-dstn output in 1, perform 4 to verify the pctype value.
    • If ANSI point codes are not shown in the rtrv-dstn output in 1, perform 4 to verify that an ANSI point code is assigned to the self-identification of the EAGLE.
    • If the rtrv-dstn output in 1 shows ANSI point codes or shows ANSI point codes that contain the network indicator values 1 through 5, or you do not wish to provision a network routing point code with the network indicator values 1 through 5, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will not be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 6.
      • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 5.
  4. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       100-100-100     3-75-7       7-9-8-1            rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3          2-0-11-0          2-0-11-2         2-0-12-1
       2-2-3-3           2-2-4-0           10-14-10-1
    

    To enter an ANSI destination point code with the ent-dstn command, a point code must be shown in the PCA field of the rtrv-sid command output.

    If the required point code is not shown in the PCA field of the rtrv-sid command output, perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to configure the required point codes.

    To enter a network routing point code with the network indicator values 1 through 5, the pctype parameter value of the chg-sid command must be set to other. If you wish to enter a network routing point code with a network indicator value 1 through 5, and the pctype parameter value is ansi, perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to change the pctype value to other.

    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will not be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 6 .
    • If the nprst, rcause, or splitiam parameters will be specified for the cluster point code, continue the procedure with 5.
  5. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707 on     64
    TIF Number Portability    893018901 off    ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
    To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
    • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
    • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
    • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
    • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
    • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features as required.

  6. Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 8 if any of these conditions are present.
      • The sccpmsgcnv parameter will not be specified for the cluster point code.
      • The sccpmsgcnv parameter will be specified for the cluster point code and the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in this step shows that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.
    • Continue the procedure with 7 if the sccpmsgcnv parameter will be specified for the cluster point code and 5 was not performed.
  7. Enter this command to verify the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893035301

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 15:35:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    XUDT UDT Conversion       893035301 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on, or the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure was performed in this step, continue the procedure with 8.

  8. Add the network routing destination point code, using the ent-dstn command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-dstn:dpca=007-*-*:rcause=50:nprst=on:splitiam=25:sccpmsgcnv=sxudt2udt

    When this command has successfully completed, and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (shown with the CRMD = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (17 of 2000) 1% full 
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear when each command has successfully completed.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   6000
        FULL DPC(s):                   14
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  17
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  18
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  9. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the DPC that was entered in 8.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=007-*-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       007-*-*       ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ----         50     on    25       no     no    sxudt2udt
    
    Destination table is (14 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (18 of 8000) 1% full
    
  10. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-29 Adding a Network Routing Point Code



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

2.21 Adding a Destination Point Code

This procedure is used to add a destination point code to the database, using the ent-dstn command.

The ent-dstn command uses these parameters:

:dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 – The destination point code being added to the database

:aliasa/aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24 – The alternate destination point code. Two optional alias addresses can be defined.

:ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 – The proxy point code that is assigned to the destination point code.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes. A private point code cannot be used as an alias point code.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to this point code

:domain – The network in which the destination entity or node exists, SS7.

:ipgwapcIP Gateway Adjacent Point Code indicator. Specify ipgwapc=yes to provide SS7 linkset definition compatibility for gateway connections to IP-SCPs. The default is ipgwapc=no.

:bei – Broadcast exception indicator that indicates whether transfer-prohibited (TFP) messages will be broadcast from this node. The bei=yes parameter means TFPs will not be broadcast. The bei=no parameter means TFPs will be broadcast.

:spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 – The secondary point code as defined by the ent-spc command. The secondary point code allows the EAGLE to use another point code in addition to the one defined by the dpc, dpca, dpci, dpcn, or dpcn24 parameters of the ent-dstn command for SS7 routing purposes. Refer to the Multiple Point Code Support section for more information on secondary point codes. A private point code cannot be used as a secondary point code.

:prx – This parameter specified whether or not the destination point code is proxy point code. This parameter has two values, yes or no. If the prx parameter value is yes, the destination point code is a proxy point code. If the prx parameter value is no, the destination point code is not a proxy point code.

The ppc and prx parameters can be specified only if a quantity of proxy point codes is enabled. Proxy point code quantities are enabled in groups of 10. The enabled quantity of proxy point codes is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. If no proxy point code quantity is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output, or the proxy point code quantity needs to be increased, up to a maximum quantity of 100 proxy point codes, perform the Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity procedure.

The ppc parameter assigns a proxy point code to a destination point code. The proxy point code value must be provisioned in the database. The destination point code must be a full point code, in the SS7 domain, and cannot be a private point code. The destination point code cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter value assigned. The destination point code and proxy point code must be the same network type. For example, if the destination point code is an ANSI point code, the proxy point code must be an ANSI point code. If the destination point code and proxy point code are 14-bit ITU-N point codes with a group code, the group code values for both the destination point code and the proxy point code must be the same. The spc and ppc parameters cannot be specified together in the same ent-dstn command line.

The prx parameter specifies whether or not the destination point code specified with the ent-dstn command is a proxy point code. The destination point code value must be a full point code, in the SS7 domain, and cannot be a private point code. The destination point code value cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter value assigned.

:nprst - NM bits reset. This parameter specifies whether the NM bits in an ITU IAM message should be set to 00. This parameter has two values.
  • off - Do not set NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.
  • on - Set the NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.

    The default value for this parameter is off.

:rcause - Release cause. This parameter specifies the condition that triggers the sending of a Release message. This parameter has these values.
  • 0 - 127
  • none - use the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

    If the rlcopc parameter value in the rtrv-tipopts output is on and a value of 0-127 is specified for the rcause parameter, then the rcause parameter value overrides the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

:splitiam - This parameter specifies how and when to split an ITU IAM message into one IAM message and one SAM message. This parameter has these values.
  • 15-31 - The maximum number of CdPN digits allowed in the IAM message before the splitting occurs. The remaining digits, up to a total of 32, are encoded in the SAM message.
  • none - the value specified for the splitiam parameter in the rtrv-tifopts output is used to determine when to split the IAM message.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
  • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
  • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
  • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
  • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
  • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    The status of these features is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. Perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable these features.

:homescp - This parameter specifies whether the destination point code should be considered a home SCP when performing SCCP processing for messages that have no global title address digits (the global title indicator (GTI) is set to zero). This parameter cannot be specified for a cluster point code or a network routing point code. These are the values for this parameter.
  • yes- the specified DPC is considered a home SCP.
  • no - the specified DPC is not considered a home SCP. This is the default value.
:homesmsc - This parameter specifies whether the destination point code (DPC) should be considered a home SMSC when performing SCCP processing for messages that have no global title address digits (the global title indicator (GTI) is set to zero). This parameter cannot be specified for a cluster point code or a network routing point code. These are the values for this parameter.
  • yes- the specified DPC is considered a home SMSC.
  • no - the specified DPC is not considered a home SMSC. This is the default value.
:sccpmsgcnv - The sccpmsgcnv parameter controls SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. The rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. This parameter contains these values.
  • none - SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion is not required on messages for the destination. This value is the default value for this parameter.
  • udt2xudt - All UDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to XUDT(S) messages.
  • xudt2udt - All non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages. Segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are not converted to UDT(S ) messages.
  • sxudt2udt - All segmented and non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages.

The elei and ncai parameters cannot be specified in this procedure. To use these parameters to provision a destination point code, perform the Adding a Cluster Point Code procedure.

Secondary point codes must be a full point code. A secondary point code can only be assigned to a full point code. The network type of the secondary point code must match the network type of the DPC. The secondary point code used in this procedure must be configured in the database with the ent-spc command. The secondary point codes are shown in the SPCA, SPC-I, SPC-N, and SPC-N24 fields of the rtrv-spc command output. If the desired secondary point code is not shown in the output of the rtrv-spc command, perform the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure to configure the desired point code as a secondary point code.

The value of the clli parameter cannot be in the DPC table and cannot match the CLLI of the EAGLE. Verify this by entering the rtrv-dstn and the rtrv-sid commands, shown in steps 1 and 5 of the procedure that follows. If the value of the clli parameter matches any CLLI values in either of these outputs, choose another value for the clli parameter that does not match any CLLIs shown in either of these command outputs.

To enter point codes of any network type (ANSI, ITU-I, 14-bit ITU-N, or 24-bit ITU-N) into the database with the ent-dstn command, the self ID of the EAGLE must be defined for these networks. Verify this with the rtrv-sid command.

If a point code value is shown in the PCA column of the rtrv-sid command, then ANSI point codes can be specified with the ent-dstn command.

If a point code value is shown in the PCI column of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then ITU-I point codes can be specified with the ent-dstn command. The PCI column of the rtrv-sid output can contain spare and non-spare point code values. To provision ITU-I non-spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain an ITU-I non-spare point code in the PCI column. To provision ITU-I spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain an ITU-I spare point code in the PCI column.

If a point code value is shown in the PCN column of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then 14-bit ITU-N point codes can be specified with the ent-dstn command. The PCN column of the rtrv-sid output can contain spare and non-spare point code values. To provision 14-bit ITU-N non-spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain a 14-bit ITU-N non-spare point code in the PCN column. To provision 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain a 14-bit ITU-N spare point code in the PCN column.

If a point code value is shown in the PCN24 column of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then 24-bit ITU-N point codes can be specified with the ent-dstn command.

If no values are shown in the PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 columns in the rtrv-sid command output, the self-identification of the EAGLE must be updated with an ANSI point code, ITU international point code, 14-bit ITU national point code, or a 24-bit ITU national point code. Perform the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to add the necessary point codes to the self-identification of the EAGLE.

Note:

The EAGLE can contain 14-bit ITU national point codes or 24-bit ITU national point codes, but both at the same time.

Private point codes cannot be specified in the self-identification of the EAGLE, therefore, private point codes can be added as long as the self identification of the EAGLE contains a point code with the same network type as the private point code being added in this procedure. The ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature does not have to be enabled to add a private point code. A proxy point code cannot be used as a value when specifying a private point code.

The type of alias point code that can be provisioned with the ent-dstn command is dependent on the type of DPC that is being provisioned. Table 2-15 shows the DPC and alias point type combinations that can be used with the ent-dstn command.

Table 2-15 Destination Point Code Type and Alias Point Code Type Combinations

DPC Type Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 4) Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 4) DPC TYPE Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 4) Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 4)
ANSI no alias specified no alias specified ITU-I no alias specified no alias specified
ITU-I no alias specified ANSI no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N ANSI ITU-N
ITU-I ITU-N Spare ANSI ITU-N Spare
ITU-I ITU-N24 ANSI ITU-N24
ITU-I Spare no alias specified ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I Spare ITU-N ITU-I Spare ITU-N
ITU-I Spare ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare ITU-N Spare
ITU-I Spare ITU-N24 ITU-I Spare ITU-N24
ITU-N no alias specified ITU-N no alias specified
ITU-N Spare no alias specified ITU-N (Note 6) ITU-N Spare (Note 6)
ITU-N24 no alias specified ITU-N Spare no alias specified
ITU-I Spare no alias specified no alias specified ITU-N24 no alias specified
ANSI no alias specified ITU-N no alias specified no alias specified
ANSI ITU-N ANSI no alias specified
ANSI ITU-N Spare ANSI ITU-I
ANSI ITU-N24 ANSI ITU-I Spare
ITU-I no alias specified ITU-I no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N ITU-I (Note 5) ITU-I Spare (Note 5)
ITU-I ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N24 ITU-N Spare no alias specified
ITU-N no alias specified ITU-N Spare ITU-I
ITU-N (Note 6) ITU-N Spare (Note 6) ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare
ITU-N Spare no alias specified ITU-N24 no alias specified no alias specified
ITU-N24 no alias specified ANSI no alias specified
ITU-N Spare no alias specified no alias specified ANSI ITU-I
ANSI no alias specified ANSI ITU-I Spare
ANSI ITU-I ITU-I no alias specified
ANSI ITU-I Spare ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I no alias specified  
ITU-I (Note 5) ITU-I Spare (Note 5)
ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-N no alias specified
ITU-N ITU-I
ITU-N ITU-I Spare
Notes:
  1. ANSI alias point codes are specified with thealiasa parameter.
  2. ITU-I and ITU-I Spare alias point codes are specified with thealiasi parameter.
  3. ITU-N and ITU-N Spare alias point codes are specified with thealiasn parameter.
  4. ITU-N24 alias point codes are specified with thealiasn24 parameter.
  5. To specify the ITU-I and ITU-I Spare alias point codes for the DPC, both point code values are specified with thealiasi parameter and the values are separated by a comma. For example, to specify the alias point codes 2-005-7 and s-3-002-1, the aliasi parameter is specified like this;aliasi=2-005-7,s-3-002-1. Thealiasa andaliasn parameters cannot be specified for the DPC.
  6. To specify the ITU-N and ITU-N Spare alias point codes for the DPC, both point code values are specified with thealiasn parameter and the values are separated by a comma. For example, to specify the alias point codes 00010 and s-00020, the aliasn parameter is specified like this;aliasn=00010,s-00020. Thealiasa andaliasi parameters cannot be specified for the DPC.

Alias point codes can only be specified for full point code entries, and must be full point codes.

ANSI alias point codes cannot be a member of a cluster point code that is already in the database. A point code is a member of a cluster point code if it has the same network identifier (NI) and network cluster (NC) values as the cluster point code.

The EAGLE can contain the quantities of alias point codes shown in Table 2-16 depending the features that are enabled or turned on.

Table 2-16 Maximum Alias Point Code Quantities

Feature Status Maximum Alias Point Code Quantity
The 5000 Routes feature is off and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
The 5000 Routes feature is on and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
6000 routesets are enabled 12000
7000 routesets are enabled 8000
8000 routesets are enabled 8000
10,000 routesets are enabled 10000

Destination point codes and alias point codes must be unique in the database. A point code can be defined as a true destination point code, an alias point code, the self ID of the EAGLE, or the capability point code of the EAGLE. The self IDs and capability point codes of the EAGLE can be verified with the rtrv-sid command.

If the PCTYPE field of the rtrv-sid command output contains the entry ANSI, and the network value of the destination point code specified by the ent-dstn command is from 0 to 5, the cluster value of that point code must be from 1 to 255. If the network value of that point code is from 6 to 255, the cluster value of that point code must be from 0 to 255.

The actual number of destination point codes that can be configured in the database is set by the mtpdpcq parameter of the chg-stpopts command, and is shown in the MTPDPCQ field in the rtrv-stpopts command output.

If the 5000 Routes feature is not on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, a maximum of 2000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If the 5000 Routes feature is on, and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled, a maximum of 5000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 6000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 6000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 7000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 7000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 8000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 8000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

If 10,000 routesets are enabled, a maximum of 10,000 destination point codes can be configured in the database.

Note:

For more information on the destination point code quantities, refer to the Changing the DPC Quantity procedure.

If ITU-N point codes are specified with the ent-dstn command, the format of the point code values must match the format shown in the NPCFMTI field of the rtrv-stpopts command output. For more information, refer to the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes, using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       001-002-003   ls04clli    yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3-fr  SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0-ge SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1-fr SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2-ge SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1-ge  SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2-fr  SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3-ge  SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       10-15-2-3-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-2-3-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-200     2-100-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
       10-15-3-0-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-201     2-100-2       SS7
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   18
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  20
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If a quantity of proxy point codes is enabled, the number of proxy point codes that are provisioned in the database are shown at the end of the rtrv-dstn output as shown in this example.

    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   18
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC (s)                   1
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  20
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  2. To add the new DPC, these entities must be checked depending on how the DPC will be provisioned.

    Perform the commands and procedures as required depending on how the DPC will be provisioned.

    The addition of the new DPC cannot exceed the current capacity shown in the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED or the Destination table row of the rtrv-dstn output. If the current capacity will be exceeded by adding the new DPC, and the maximum capacity is shown in the rtrv-dstn output: 10,000 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED rows are not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, or 10,500 if the DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED and X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED rows are shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform Removing a Destination Point Code or Removing a Route Exception Entry to remove an existing DPC or exception route entry.

    If the maximum capacity is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform Changing the DPC Quantity to increase the number of DPCs that can be in the database.

    The type of point code being added, ANSI, ITU-I, ITU-N, ITU-N24 must be shown in the rtrv-dstn output or the rtrv-sid output. If the point code type is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform the rtrv-sid command in 3. If the point code type is not shown in rtrv-dstn and rtrv-sid, perform Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE to add a point code of the desired point code type.

    If the new DPC will be a 14-bit ITU-N point code, and a group code will be assigned to the point code, the group code must be defined in rtrv-sid output in 3, rtrv-dstn output in 1, or rtrv-spc output in 4. If the group code is not shown in either of these outputs, perform Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLEto add an entry with the desired group code. If the group code will be different from the ones shown in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-dstn outputs, perform Adding a Secondary Point Code to add a secondary point code with the desired group code.

    If a secondary point code will be specified with the DPC, the secondary point code must be shown in the rtrv-spc output in 4. It the secondary point code is not shown in the rtrv-spc output, performAdding a Secondary Point Code to add the desired secondary point code.

    If the clli parameter will be specified with the DPC, the clli parameter value cannot be shown in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-dstn outputs. Enter the rtrv-sid command in 3 to verify the CLLI value in the self-identification of the EAGLE.

    The format of a 14-bit ITU-N DPC must match the format defined by the NPCFMTI value in the rtrv-stpopts output. Enter the rtrv-stpopts in 5 to verify the NPCFMTI value. If you wish to change the format, perform 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats.

    To specify an alias point code with the DPC, adding the new alias point code cannot exceed the maximum alias point code quantity shown in the ALIASES ALLOCATED: or the Alias table row in the rtrv-dstn output. If the maximum alias point code quantity will be exceeded, perform Changing a Destination Point Code to remove enough alias point codes to allow the new alias point code to be added.

    If the nprst or rcause parameters will be specified with the DPC, the TIF Number Portability feature must be enabled. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 6 to verify that the feature is enabled. If the feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable the TIF Number Portability feature.

    If the splitiam parameter will be specified with the DPC, at least one of these features must be enabled.
    • TIF Number Portability
    • TIF SCS Forwarding
    • TIF Simple Number Substitution
    • TIF Additional Subscriber Data
    • TIF Generic Routing Number

      Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 6 to verify if any of these features are enabled.

      If none of these features are enabled, perform the procedures in TIF User's Guide to enable one of more of these features.

    If the prx=yes or ppc parameters will be specified with the DPC, the Proxy Point Code feature must be enabled. The addition of the proxy point code with the prx=yes parameter cannot exceed the enabled proxy point code quantity, shown in the PPC table or PROXY DPC(s): row of the rtrv-dstn output. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 6 to verify if a proxy point code quantity is enabled. If a proxy point code quantity is enabled, the Proxy Point Code feature is enabled. To enable the Proxy Point Code feature or increase the proxy point code quantity, perform Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity. If the enabled quantity is 100, and 100 proxy point codes are in the database, no more proxy point codes can be added.

    The ppc parameter assigns an existing proxy point code to the DPC. Enter the rtrv-dstn:prx=yes command in 7 to verify that the proxy point code is in the database.

    The sccpmsgcnv parameter specifies the kind of conversion performed on messages for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 6 to verify that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    After the required entities have been verified and provisioned, continue the procedure with 8.

  3. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       100-100-100     3-75-7       7-9-8-1-fr         rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3-fr       2-0-11-0-fr       2-0-11-2-fr      2-0-12-1-fr
       2-2-3-3-fr        2-2-4-0-fr        10-14-10-1-fr
    
  4. Display the secondary point codes in the database with the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    SPCA
         001-010-010
         002-010-010
         003-010-010
         010-100-010
    SPC-I
             1-253-5
             2-254-6
             3-255-7
             4-100-1
    SPC-N
            10-1-11-1-ge
            13-2-12-0-ge
            14-15-12-1-ge
    SPC-N24
    none
    Secondary Point Code table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    
  5. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The value for the npcfmti parameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-stpopts command, see thertrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.
  6. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command..

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  7. Display the proxy point codes in the database by entering this command.

    rtrv-dstn:prx=yes

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    PRX = yes
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24   DMN
       002-002-002   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
    Destination table is (18 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (22 of 8000) 1% full
    PPC table is (1 of 10) 10% full
    

    If the desired proxy point code is shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform 8.c of 8 to assign the proxy point code to the destination point code with the ppc parameter.

    If the desired proxy point code is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, add the proxy point code by performing 8.b of 8 with the prx=yes parameter. After the new proxy point code has been added, perform 8.c of 8 again to assign the proxy point code to the destination point code with the ppc parameter.

  8. Add the destination point code, using the ent-dstn command.
    • If proxy point codes are not being provisioned in this procedure, perform 8.a.
    • If a new proxy point code is being provisioned with the prx=yes parameter, perform 8.b.
    • If a proxy point code is being assigned to a destination point code, perform 8.c.
    1. Add the destination point code to the database without specifying the prx or ppc parameters. If alias point codes will be assigned to the DPC, Table 2-15 shows the DPC and alias point type combinations that can be used with the ent-dstn command.

      ent-dstn:dpca=240-012-007:bei=yes:aliasi=1-117-3:aliasn=10-13-11-1-fr :spca=001-010-010:homescp=yes:homesmsc=yes:sccpmsgcnv=xudt2udt

      ent-dstn:dpca=240-012-006:spca=002-010-010

      ent-dstn:dpci=4-163-5:bei=no:aliasa=250-200-007:domain=ss7:spci=2-254-6

      ent-dstn:dpcn=7-9-10-1-fr:bei=no:aliasa=210-090-100 :aliasi=1-75-6:domain=ss7

      ent-dstn:dpcn=7-9-10-1-ge:bei=no:aliasa=210-100-100:aliasi=2-175-6 :domain=ss7:spcn=13-02-12-0-ge

      ent-dstn:dpci=3-002-1:aliasn=9-12-2-1-fr,s-8-11-3-0-ge

      ent-dstn:dpcn=10-11-1-3-fr:aliasi=3-125-0,s-4-135-3

      ent-dstn:dpcn=6-10-7-9-ge:bei=no:aliasa=211-100-100:aliasi=3-175-6 :spcn=13-02-12-1-ge:rcause=15:nprst=on:splitiam=20

    2. To add a new proxy point code to the database, specify the ent-dstn command with the prx=yes parameter.

      For this example, enter this command.

      ent-dstn:dpca=003-003-003:prx=yes

      Note:

      The point code being added as a proxy point code must be a full point code, in the SS7 domain, and cannot be a private point code. The point code cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter value assigned.
    3. To assign a proxy point code to a destination point code, specify the ent-dstn command with the ppc parameter.

      For this example, enter this command.

      ent-dstn:dpca=004-004-004:ppca=003-003-003

      The following rules apply to assigning proxy point codes to destination point codes.

      • The destination point code must be a full point code and cannot be a private point code.
      • The destination point code cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter value assigned.
      • The destination point code and proxy point code must be the same network type. For example, if the destination point code is an ANSI point code, the proxy point code must be an ANSI point code.
      • If the destination point code and proxy point code are 14-bit ITU-N point codes with a group code, the group code values for both the destination point code and the proxy point code must be the same.

    When the ent-dstn command has successfully completed, and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (shown with the CRMD = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output), and no proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    Destination table is (27 of 2000) 1% full 
    Alias table is (27 of 12000) 1% full
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), and no proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   27
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  31
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If a proxy point code quantity is enabled and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (shown with the CRMD = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    Destination table is (29 of 2000) 1% full 
    Alias table is (27 of 12000) 1% full
    PPC table is (2 of 10) 20% full
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), and a proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  9. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command with the DPC that was entered in 8.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1-fr SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       001-010-010  ---- no      none   off   none     yes    yes   xudt2udt
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-006

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1-fr SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       002-010-010  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpci=4-163-5

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       4-163-5       ----------- no  ---    250-200-007  --------------   SS7
    
       SPCI         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       2-154-6      ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=7-9-10-1-fr

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1-fr   ----------- no  ---    210-090-100     1-75-6        SS7
    
       SPCN         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=7-9-10-1-ge

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1-ge   ----------- no  ---    210-100-100     2-175-6       SS7
    
       SPCN          NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       13-02-12-0-ge ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=003-003-003

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       003-003-003   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ---- yes, 1  none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=004-004-004

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       004-004-004   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       PPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       003-003-003  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpci=3-002-1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI    ALIASN          ALIASN       DMN
       3-002-1       ----------- no  ---     9-12-2-1-fr   s-8-11-3-0-ge  SS7
    
       SPCI         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=10-11-1-3-fr

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI    ALIASI          ALIASI       DMN
       10-11-1-3-fr  ----------- no  ---     3-125-0       s-4-135-3      SS7
    
       SPCN         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=6-10-7-9-ge

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA           ALIASI        DMN
       6-10-7-9-ge   ----------- no  ---    211-100-100      3-175-6       SS7
    
       SPCN          NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       13-02-12-1-ge ---- no      15     on    20       no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   25
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  10. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-30 Adding a Destination Point Code



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

2.22 Removing a Destination Point Code

This procedure is used to remove a destination point code from the database, using the dlt-dstn command.

The dlt-dstn command uses this parameter:

:dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 – The destination point code being removed from the database

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

The destination point code to be removed must exist in the database, but cannot be assigned to any routes. Enter the rtrv-rte command to see if the destination point code to be removed is assigned to any routes. If the destination point code is assigned to any routes, perform Removing a Route to remove these routes.

The destination point code cannot be defined as an adjacent point code for a linkset. Enter the rtrv-ls to see if the destination point code to be removed is defined as an adjacent point code for a linkset. If the destination point code is defined as an adjacent point code for a linkset, perform Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links.

The destination point code cannot be removed if all of these conditions are present:
  • The destination point code is a member of a cluster point code. This is shown by entering the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the destination point code with three asterisks (***) for the network cluster member value of the destination point code instead of the actual network cluster value of the destination point code.
  • The NCAI value of the cluster point code is no. This is shown by entering the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the cluster point code.
  • The destination point code is the DPC of an exception route. This is shown by entering the rtrv-rtx command and specifying the destination point code that is being removed.

If the destination point code meets these conditions, perform the Removing a Route Exception Entry procedure to remove the exception route entries that reference the DPC that is being removed.

The destination point code cannot be in the mated relay node (MRN) table. Verify this by entering the rtrv-mrn command, specifying the destination point code being removed from the database. If the destination point code is shown in the rtrv-mrn command output, remove the point code from the MRN table, by performing the Removing an MRN Group or MRN Group Entry" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide.

The destination point code cannot be in the mated application (MAP) table. Verify this by entering the rtrv-map command, specifying the destination point code being removed from the database. If the destination point code is shown in the rtrv-map command output, remove the point code from the MAP table, by performing the Removing a Mated Application" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide.

The destination point code cannot be defined as an end office internal point code. Verify this by entering the rtrv-rmt-appl command. If the destination point code is shown in the rtrv-rmt-appl command output, perform the “Removing an End Node Internal Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide to remove the internal point code.

If the point code being removed in this procedure is a proxy point code, the proxy point code cannot be removed if the proxy point code is assigned to a destination point code or assigned to a linkset. Proxy point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn:dpc=<DPC value> output with the entry PRX=yes. To verify if the proxy point code is assigned to a destination point code, enter the rtrv-dstn command with the ppc parameter equal to the proxy point code value. This will display all the destination point codes that reference the proxy point code. These destination point codes must be removed before the proxy point code can be removed.

To verify if the proxy point code is assigned to a linkset, enter the rtrv-ls command with the ppc parameter equal to the proxy point code value. This will display all the linksets that reference the proxy point code. These linksets must be removed before the proxy point code can be removed.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN and RTRV-LS Commands

Because the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-ls commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-ls commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-ls commands can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-ls command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-ls command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-ls command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-ls command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes, using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       000-005-000   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       000-007-000   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       001-001-001   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       001-001-002   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       001-207-000   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       002-002-002   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       002-004-100   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       003-003-003   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       004-004-004   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       007-*-*       ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       007-007-007   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-001   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-003   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-004   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-005   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-006   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-007   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       008-001-008   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3-fr  SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0-ge SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1-fr SS7
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1-fr SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2-ge SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       0-015-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       0-017-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       1-011-1       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       1-011-2       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       1-207-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1-ge  SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2-fr  SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3-ge  SS7
       3-003-3       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       4-163-5       ----------- no  ---    250-200-007  --------------   SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1-fr   ----------- no  ---    210-090-100     1-75-6        SS7
       7-9-10-1-ge   ----------- no  ---    210-100-100     2-175-6       SS7
       10-12-0-0-fr  ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------  SS7
       10-15-2-3-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-2-3-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-200     2-100-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
       10-15-3-0-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-201     2-100-2       SS7
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   38
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               3
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  45
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If a quantity of proxy point codes is enabled, the number of proxy point codes that are provisioned in the database are shown at the end of the rtrv-dstn output as shown in this example.

    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   38
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               3
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        Proxy DPC (s)                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  47
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  2. Verify whether or not the DPC to be removed from the database is a DPC of a route, by entering the rtrv-rte command with the DPC that is to be removed from the database. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-rte:dpca=240-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI      ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       240-012-007    1-117-3     10-13-11-1-fr ls04       10    240-012-007
                                                ls02       20    004-004-004
                                                ls03       30    003-003-003
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=ls04clli
    

    rtrv-rte:dpca=002-002-002

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       DPCA           ALIASI      ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       002-002-002 ----------- --------------   ls20       10    002-002-002 
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------

    If the DPC being removed from the database is a DPC of a route, perform the Removing a Route procedure to remove the route from the database.

  3. Verify whether or not the DPC to be removed from the database is an APC of a linkset, by entering the rtrv-ls command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2          001-207-000   none 1   1   no  B   6    off off off no    off
    ls1305        000-005-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307        000-007-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    e1m1s1        001-001-001   none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    e1m1s2        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    ls01          002-004-100   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls20          002-002-002   none 1   1   no  PRX 1    off off off no    off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCI   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2i         1-207-0       none 1   1   no  B   4    off off off ---   on
    ls1315        0-015-0       none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    ls1317        0-017-0       none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   on
    e1m2s1        1-011-1       none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    e1m2s2        1-011-2       none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    
    Link set table is (11 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    Perform the Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links procedure to remove the linkset from the database.

  4. Verify that the GTT feature is on, by entering the rtrv-feat command. If the GTT feature is on, the GTT field should be set to on.

    Note:

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the GTT feature is off, continue the procedure with 8.

    If the GTT feature is on, continue the procedure with 5.

  5. Display the mated applications in the database, using the rtrv-map command and the DPC being removed from the database. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-map:pca=244-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-25 09:42:31  GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    PCA          Mate PCA     SSN RC MULT SRM MRC GRP NAME SSO
    244-012-007               252 10  SOL *N  *N  GRP01    OFF
    
    MAP TABLE IS (5 of 1024) 1 % FULL
    

    rtrv-map:pca=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-25 09:42:31  GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    PCA          Mate PCA     SSN RC MULT SRM MRC GRP NAME SSO
    002-002-002               254 10  SOL *N  *N  GRP01    OFF
    
    MAP TABLE IS (5 of 1024) 1 % FULL
    

    If the DPC is shown in the rtrv-map command output (in the PCA, PCI, PCN, PCN24, MPCA, MPCI, MCPN, or MPCN24 fields), go to the "Removing a Mated Application" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide, and remove the remove the point code from the mated application that references the DPC.

    If no entries are shown in the rtrv-map output, or the "Removing a Mated Application" procedure was performed in this step, continue the procedure with 6.

  6. Verify that the IGTTLS feature is enabled, by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command with the IGTTLS part number. Enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893006901

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    
    Zero entries found.
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
    • If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 6 shows that the IGTTLS feature is not enabled, continue the procedure with 8.
    • If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output in 6 shows that the IGTTLS feature is enabled, continue the procedure with 7.
  7. Verify whether or not the DPC is in the mated relay node table using the rtrv-mrn command, specifying the destination point code being removed from the database. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-mrn:pca=244-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-07 00:34:31 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
         PC             RC
         007-007-007    10
         008-001-001    20
         240-012-007    30
         008-001-003    40
         008-001-004    50
         008-001-005    60
         008-001-006    70
         008-001-007    80
         008-001-008    90
    
    
    MRN table is (39 of 3000) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-mrn:pca=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-07 00:34:31 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
         PC             RC
         002-002-002    10
         009-001-001    20
         009-001-003    40
         009-001-004    50
         009-001-005    60
         009-001-006    70
         009-001-007    80
         009-001-008    90
    
    
    MRN table is (39 of 3000) 1% full.
    

    If the destination point code is shown in the rtrv-mrn command output, remove the point code from the MRN table, by executing the "Removing an MRN Group or MRN Group Entry" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide.

  8. Verify whether or not the DPC is defined as an end office internal point code using the rtrv-rmt-appl command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    IPCA             SI SSN
    003-003-003      3  100, 110-119, 200
                     5
    
    IPCI             SI SSN
    3-003-3          3  5, 50-100, 250
                     5
    
    IPCN             SI SSN
    10-12-0-0-fr     3  250
                     5
    
    IPCN24           SI SSN
    

    If the destination point code is shown in the rtrv-rmt-appl command output, go to the “Removing an End Node Internal Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - IP7 User's Guide to remove the internal point code.

  9. If the point code being removed in this procedure is a proxy point code, the proxy point code cannot be removed if the proxy point code is assigned to a destination point code or assigned to a linkset. Proxy point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn output with the entry PRX=yes.
    1. If the number of proxy point codes is not shown in rtrv-dstn output in 1, there are no proxy codes in the database. Continue the procedure with 15.Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.

      Continue the procedure with 15 if the destination point code is not an ANSI point code.

      Continue the procedure with 12 if the destination point code is an ANSI point code.

    2. If the number of proxy point codes are shown in rtrv-dstn output in 1, verify whether or not the DPC being removed is a proxy point code. Display the DPC being removed in this procedure using the rtrv-dstn command specifying the point code being removed. For this example, enter this command.

      rtrv-dstn:dpca=002-002-002

      This is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
      
         DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
         002-002-002   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
      
         PPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
         -----------  ---- yes     15     on    17       no     no    none
      
      DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
          FULL DPC(s):                   38
          EXCEPTION DPC(s):               3
          NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
          CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
          Proxy DPC (s)                   2
          TOTAL DPC(s):                  47
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
      ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
          ALIASES USED:                  29
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
      RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
      
    • If the DPC is a proxy point code, shown by the value YES in the PRX column, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the DPC is not a proxy point code, continue the procedure with 15.continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • Continue the procedure with 15 if the destination point code is not an ANSI point code.
      • Continue the procedure with 12 if the destination point code is an ANSI point code.
  10. Display the linksets in the database that have the proxy point code assigned to them by entering the rtrv-ls command with the ppc parameter. The ppc parameter value is the proxy point code being removed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:ppc=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 EDT EAGLE5 37.0.0     
         
    PPCA = 002-002-002
                                         L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS     
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS    
    ls1305        000-005-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    e1m1s2        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    
    Link set table is (10 of 1024) 1% full. 
    

    The linksets displayed in this step have the proxy point code assigned to them. Perform the Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links procedure to remove these linksets. After the linksets have been removed, continue the procedure with 11.

    If no linksets are displayed in this step, then no linksets have the proxy point code assigned to them. Continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Display the point codes in the database that have the proxy point code assigned to them by entering the rtrv-dstn command with the ppc parameter. The ppc parameter value is the proxy point code being removed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:ppc=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 EDT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    PPCA   =    002-002-002
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       000-005-000   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------    SS7
       001-001-002   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------    SS7
    
    Destination table is (42 of 2000) 2% full
    Alias table is (29 of 8000) 1% full
    PPC table is (2 of 10) 10% full
    
    If no point codes are displayed in this step, then no point codes have the proxy point code assigned to them. Continue the procedure with 15.Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 15 if the destination point code is not an ANSI point code.
    • Continue the procedure with 12 if the destination point code is an ANSI point code.

    If point codes are displayed in this step, these point codes have the proxy point code assigned to them. Remove these point codes by entering the dlt-dstn with the point code value shown in the rtrv-dstn output.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    dlt-dstn:dpca=000-005-000

    dlt-dstn:dpca=001-001-002

    When the dlt-dstn command has successfully completed, and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (CRMD = off in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    Destination table is (40 of 2000) 2% full 
    PPC table is (2 of 10) 20% full
    DLT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), this is an example of the message that should appear when the dlt-dstn command has successfully completed.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   36
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               3
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        Proxy DPC (s)                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  45
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    After the point codes have been removed, continue the procedure with 15.continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 15 if the destination point code is not an ANSI point code.
    • Continue the procedure with 12 if the destination point code is an ANSI point code.
  12. Verify whether or not the destination point code is a member of a cluster point code by entering the rtrv-dstn command with these parameters and values.
    • The dpca parameter containing the network and cluster values of the destination point code.
    • Three asterisks (***) for the network-cluster member value of the point code.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-***

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:00:32 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3-fr  SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0-ge SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1-fr SS7
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1-fr SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2-ge SS7
    
       Destination table is (45 of 2000) 2% full
       Alias table is (29 of 8000) 1% full
    

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=002-002-***

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:00:32 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       002-002-002   ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
    
    Destination table is (45 of 2000) 2% full
    Alias table is (29 of 8000) 1% full
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 15 if the destination point code is not a member of the cluster point code.
    • Continue the procedure with 13 if the destination point code is a member of a cluster point code.
  13. Display the attributes of the cluster point code shown in 12 by entering the rtrv-dstn command with the cluster point code shown in 12.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-*

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-17 16:00:32 GMT  EAGLE5 43.0.0
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI      RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  no        none   off   none     no     no    none
    
       Destination table is (45 of 2000) 2% full
       Alias table is (29 of 8000) 1% full
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • Continue the procedure with 15 if the NCAI value of the cluster point code is yes.
    • Continue the procedure with 14 if the NCAI value of the cluster point code is no.
  14. Display the route exception table entries referencing the destination point code by entering the rtrv-rtx command with the destination point code that is being removed in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-rtx:dpca=240-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-07 00:34:31 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          RTX-CRITERIA              LSN        RC    APC
    
       240-012-007   OPCA
                     007-007-007               ls01       1     002-004-100
    
     DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
         FULL DPC(s):                   38
         EXCEPTION DPC(s):               3
         NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
         CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
         TOTAL DPC(s):                  45
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
     ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
         ALIASES USED:                  29
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
     X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    rtrv-rtx:dpca=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-07 00:34:31 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          RTX-CRITERIA              LSN        RC    APC
    
       002-002-002   OPCA
                     007-007-007               ls01       1     002-004-100
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
         FULL DPC(s):                  38
         EXCEPTION DPC(s):              3
         NETWORK DPC(s):                1
         CLUSTER DPC(s):                3
         TOTAL DPC(s):                 45
         CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
     ALIASES ALLOCATED:              8000
         ALIASES USED:                 29
         CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
     X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:        500
    

    If the destination point code that is being removed in this procedure is not shown in the rtrv-rtx output, continue the procedure with 15.

    If the destination point code that is being removed in this procedure is shown in the rtrv-rtx output, perform the Removing a Route Exception Entry procedure to remove all the route exception table entries shown in this step. After the exception routes have been removed, continue the procedure with 15.

  15. Remove the destination point code from the database, using the dlt-dstn command. For this example, enter these commands.

    dlt-dstn:dpca=240-012-007

    dlt-dstn:dpca=002-002-002

    When the dlt-dstn command has successfully completed, and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (CRMD = off in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    Destination table is (41 of 2000) 2% full 
    DLT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), this is an example of the message that should appear when the dlt-dstn command has successfully completed.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   36
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               1
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 3
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  41
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    DLT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If a proxy point code quantity is enabled and and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (shown with the CRMD = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    Destination table is (41 of 2000) 2% full 
    Alias table is (27 of 12000) 1% full
    PPC table is (1 of 10) 10% full
    DLT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), and a proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   33
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC (s)                   1
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  37
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             2%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    DLT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  16. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command with the DPC specified in 15. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-007

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output for both of these commands.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    No destinations meeting the requested criteria were found
    
    Destination table is (36 of 2000) 2% full
    Alias table is (27 of 8000) 1% full
    
  17. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-31 Removing a Destination Point Code



Sheet 1 of 3

Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 3

Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 3



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

2.23 Changing a Destination Point Code

This procedure is used to change the attributes of a full destination point code in the database, using the chg-dstn command.

To change the attributes of a cluster point code, go to the Changing the Attributes of a Cluster Point Code procedure.

This procedure cannot be used to change a true point code (dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24), or a proxy point code value assigned to a DPC. To change a true point code or a proxy point code value assigned to a DPC, the destination point code must be removed, then re-entered. Perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the point code from the database. To add the new point code, perform one of these procedures:

Note:

To add a proxy point code, the point code cannot be a cluster point code or a network routing point code.

The destination point code to be changed must be in the database.

The chg-dstn command uses these parameters:

:dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 – The destination point code in the database being changed.

:aliasa/aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24 – The alternate destination point code. Two optional alias addresses can be defined.

Note:

See Point Code Formats for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes. A private point code cannot be used as an alias point code.

:clli – The Common Language Location Identifier assigned to this point code

:bei – Broadcast exception indicator that indicates whether transfer-prohibited (TFP) messages will be broadcast from this node. The bei=yes parameter means TFPs will not be broadcast. The bei=no parameter means TFPs will be broadcast.

:spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 – The secondary point code as defined by the ent-spc command. The secondary point code allows the EAGLE to use another point code in addition to the one defined by the dpc, dpca, dpci, dpcn, or dpcn24 parameters of the chg-dstn command for SS7 routing purposes. See the Multiple Point Code Support section for more information on secondary point codes. A private point code cannot be used as a secondary point code.

:prx – This parameter specified whether or not the destination point code is proxy point code. This parameter has two values, yes or no. If the prx parameter value is yes, the destination point code is a proxy point code. If the prx parameter value is no, the destination point code is not a proxy point code. To specify the prx=yes parameter, the destination point code value must be a full point code, in the SS7 domain, and cannot be a private point code. The destination point code value cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter value assigned.

To specify the prx=no parameter, the proxy point code cannot be assigned to a destination point code or assigned to a linkset. Proxy point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn:dpc=<DPC being changed> output with the entry PRX=yes. To verify if the proxy point code is assigned to a destination point code, enter the rtrv-dstn command with the ppc parameter equal to the proxy point code value. This will display all the destination point codes that reference the proxy point code. These destination point codes must be removed before the prx=no parameter can be specified..

To verify if the proxy point code is assigned to a linkset, enter the rtrv-ls command with the ppc parameter equal to the proxy point code value. This will display all the linksets that reference the proxy point code. These linksets must be removed before the proxy point code can be removed.

:nprst - NM bits reset. This parameter specifies whether the NM bits in an ITU IAM message should be set to 00. This parameter has two values.
  • off - Do not set NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.
  • on - Set the NM bits to 00 in an ITU IAM message if the nptype option value in the rtrv-tifopts output is nm.

    The default value for this parameter is off.

:rcause - Release cause. This parameter specifies the condition that triggers the sending of a Release message. This parameter has these values.
  • 0 - 127
  • none - use the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

    If the rlcopc parameter value in the rtrv-tipopts output is on and a value of 0-127 is specified for the rcause parameter, then the rcause parameter value overrides the values specified for the rcausenp and rcausepfx parameters in the rtrv-tifopts output.

:splitiam - This parameter specifies how and when to split an ITU IAM message into one IAM message and one SAM message. This parameter has these values.
  • 15-31 - The maximum number of CdPN digits allowed in the IAM message before the splitting occurs. The remaining digits, up to a total of 32, are encoded in the SAM message.
  • none - the value specified for the splitiam parameter in the rtrv-tifopts output is used to determine when to split the IAM message.

    The default value for this parameter is none.

To specify the nprst or rcause parameters, the TIF Number Portability feature, part number 893018901, must be enabled. To specify the splitiam parameter, at least one of these features must be enabled.
  • TIF Number Portability - part number 893018901
  • TIF SCS Forwarding - part number 893022201
  • TIF Simple Number Substitution - part number 893024001
  • TIF Additional Subscriber Data - part number 893024501
  • TIF Generic Routing Number - part number 893025501

    The status of these features is shown in the rtrv-ctrl-feat output. Perform the procedures in TIF - User's Guide to enable these features.

:homescp - This parameter specifies whether the destination point code should be considered a home SCP when performing SCCP processing for messages that have no global title address digits (the global title indicator (GTI) is set to zero). This parameter cannot be specified for a cluster point code or a network routing point code. These are the values for this parameter.
  • yes- the specified DPC is considered a home SCP.
  • no - the specified DPC is not considered a home SCP.
:homesmsc - This parameter specifies whether the destination point code (DPC) should be considered a home SMSC when performing SCCP processing for messages that have no global title address digits (the global title indicator (GTI) is set to zero). This parameter cannot be specified for a cluster point code or a network routing point code. These are the values for this parameter.
  • yes- the specified DPC is considered a home SMSC.
  • no - the specified DPC is not considered a home SMSC.
:sccpmsgcnv - The sccpmsgcnv parameter controls SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. The rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows the status of the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature. This parameter contains these values.
  • none - SCCP UDT(S)/XUDT(S) message conversion is not required on messages for the destination.
  • udt2xudt - All UDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to XUDT(S) messages.
  • xudt2udt - All non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages. Segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are not converted to UDT(S ) messages.
  • sxudt2udt - All segmented and non-segmented XUDT(S) messages for the destination are converted to UDT(S) messages.

The elei and ncai parameters cannot be specified in this procedure. To use these parameters to provision a destination point code, perform the Changing the Attributes of a Cluster Point Code procedure.

Secondary point codes must be a full point code. A secondary point code can only be assigned to a full point code in the SS7 domain. Secondary point codes cannot be assigned to DPCs that have proxy point codes assigned to them. The same secondary point code value cannot be assigned to DPCs and to linksets The network type of the secondary point code must match the network type of the destination point code. The secondary point code used in this procedure must be configured in the database with the ent-spc command. The secondary point codes are shown in the SPCA, SPC-I, SPC-N, and SPC-N24 fields of the rtrv-spc command output. If the desired secondary point code is not shown in the output of the rtrv-spc command, perform the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure to configure the desired point code as a secondary point code.

If a secondary point code is assigned to the destination point code, the group code of the 14-bit ITU-N destination point code must match the group code of the secondary point code. Otherwise, the group code of the destination point code must match the group code assigned to the EAGLE’s true 14-bit ITU-N point code, shown in the PCN field of the rtrv-sid output.

The value none for the spca, spci, spcn, or spcn24 parameters removes the assignment of the current secondary point code and leaves the destination point code without a secondary point code.

The value of the clli parameter cannot be in the destination point code table and cannot match the CLLI of the EAGLE. Verify this by entering the rtrv-dstn and the rtrv-sid commands. If the value of the clli parameter matches any CLLI values in either of these outputs, choose another value for the clli parameter that does not match any CLLIs shown in either of these command outputs.

To enter point codes of any network type (ANSI, ITU-I, or ITU-N - 14-bit or 24-bit) into the database with the chg-dstn command, the self ID of the EAGLE must be defined for these networks. Verify this with the rtrv-sid command.

If a point code value is shown in the PCA field of the rtrv-sid command, then ANSI point codes can be specified with the chg-dstn command.

If a point code value is shown in the PCI field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then ITU-I point codes can be specified with the chg-dstn command. The PCI column of the rtrv-sid output can contain spare and non-spare point code values. To provision ITU-I non-spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain an ITU-I non-spare point code in the PCI column. To provision ITU-I spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain an ITU-I spare point code in the PCI column.

If a point code value is shown in the PCN field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then 14-bit ITU-N point codes can be specified with the chg-dstn command. The PCN column of the rtrv-sid output can contain spare and non-spare point code values. To provision 14-bit ITU-N non-spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain a 14-bit ITU-N non-spare point code in the PCN column. To provision 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes in this procedure, the rtrv-sid output must contain a 14-bit ITU-N spare point code in the PCN column.

If a point code value is shown in the PCN24 field of the output of the rtrv-sid command, then 24-bit ITU-N point codes can be specified with the chg-dstn command.

If no values are shown in the PCA, PCI, PCN, or PCN24 fields in the rtrv-sid command output, the self-identification of the EAGLE must be updated with an ANSI point code, ITU international point code or a 14-bit ITU national point code. Perform the Changing the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to change the self-identification of the EAGLE.

Note:

The EAGLE can contain 14-bit ITU national point codes or 24-bit ITU national point codes, but both at the same time.

Private point codes cannot be specified in the self-identification of the EAGLE, therefore, private point codes can be added as long as the self identification of the EAGLE contains a point code with the same network type as the private point code being added in this procedure. The ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature does not have to be enabled to add a private point code.

The type of alias point code that can be provisioned with the chg-dstn command is dependent on the type of DPC that is being provisioned. Table 2-17 shows the DPC and alias point type combinations that can be used with the chg-dstn command.

Table 2-17 Destination Point Code Type and Alias Point Code Type Combinations

DPC Type Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 7) Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 7) DPC TYPE Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 7) Alias Point Code Type (See Notes 1 - 7)
ANSI no alias specified no alias specified ITU-I no alias specified no alias specified
ITU-I no alias specified ANSI no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N ANSI ITU-N
ITU-I ITU-N Spare ANSI ITU-N Spare
ITU-I ITU-N24 ANSI ITU-N24
ITU-I Spare no alias specified ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I Spare ITU-N ITU-I Spare ITU-N
ITU-I Spare ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare ITU-N Spare
ITU-I Spare ITU-N24 ITU-I Spare ITU-N24
ITU-N no alias specified ITU-N no alias specified
ITU-N Spare no alias specified ITU-N (Note 9) ITU-N Spare (Note 9)
ITU-N24 no alias specified ITU-N Spare no alias specified
ITU-I Spare no alias specified no alias specified ITU-N24 no alias specified
ANSI no alias specified ITU-N no alias specified no alias specified
ANSI ITU-N ANSI no alias specified
ANSI ITU-N Spare ANSI ITU-I
ANSI ITU-N24 ANSI ITU-I Spare
ITU-I no alias specified ITU-I no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N ITU-I (Note 8) ITU-I Spare (Note 8)
ITU-I ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I ITU-N24 ITU-N Spare no alias specified
ITU-N no alias specified ITU-N Spare ITU-I
ITU-N (Note 9) ITU-N Spare (Note 9) ITU-N Spare ITU-I Spare
ITU-N Spare no alias specified ITU-N24 no alias specified no alias specified
ITU-N24 no alias specified ANSI no alias specified
ITU-N Spare no alias specified no alias specified ANSI ITU-I
ANSI no alias specified ANSI ITU-I Spare
ANSI ITU-I ITU-I no alias specified
ANSI ITU-I Spare ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-I no alias specified  
ITU-I (Note 8) ITU-I Spare (Note 8)
ITU-I Spare no alias specified
ITU-N no alias specified
ITU-N ITU-I
ITU-N ITU-I Spare
Notes:
  1. ANSI alias point codes are specified with thealiasa parameter.
  2. ITU-I and ITU-I Spare alias point codes are specified with thealiasi parameter.
  3. ITU-N and ITU-N Spare alias point codes are specified with thealiasn parameter.
  4. ITU-N24 alias point codes are specified with thealiasn24 parameter.
  5. If the alias point code parameter is not specified, the parameter's value is not changed.
  6. If the valuenone is specified for an alias point code parameter, the current value for that parameter is removed from the DPC.
  7. The new alias point code value replaces the current alias point code value that is assigned to the DPC.
  8. To specify the ITU-I and ITU-I Spare alias point codes for the DPC, both point code values are specified with thealiasi parameter and the values are separated by a comma. For example, to specify the alias point codes 2-005-7 and s-3-002-1, the aliasi parameter is specified like this;aliasi=2-005-7,s-3-002-1. Thealiasa andaliasn parameters cannot be specified for the DPC.
  9. To specify the ITU-N and ITU-N Spare alias point codes for the DPC, both point code values are specified with thealiasn parameter and the values are separated by a comma. For example, to specify the alias point codes 00010 and s-00020, the aliasn parameter is specified like this;aliasn=00010,s-00020. Thealiasa andaliasi parameters cannot be specified for the DPC.

Alias point codes can only be specified for full point code entries and must be full point codes.

Destination point codes and alias point codes must be unique in the database. A point code cannot be defined as a true destination point code and an alias point code.

The EAGLE can contain the quantities of alias point codes shown in Table 2-18 depending the features that are enabled or turned on.

Table 2-18 Maximum Alias Point Code Quantities

Feature Status Maximum Alias Point Code Quantity
The 5000 Routes feature is off and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
The 5000 Routes feature is on and 6000, 7000, 8000, or 10,000 routesets are not enabled 12000
6000 routesets are enabled 12000
7000 routesets are enabled 8000
8000 routesets are enabled 8000
10,000 routesets are enabled 10000

If either the dpcn or aliasn parameters are specified with the chg-dstn command, the format of the 14-bit ITU-N point code values must match the format shown in the NPCFMTI field of the rtrv-stpopts command output. For more information, refer to the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN Command

Because the rtrv-dstn command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn command can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current destination point codes using the rtrv-dstn command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       007-*-*       ----------- yes --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       030-045-*     rlghncbb010 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       111-011-*     rlghncbb000 yes yes ----------      --------------   SS7
       240-012-004   rlghncbb001 yes ---    1-111-1         10-13-9-3-fr  SS7
       240-012-005   rlghncbb002 yes ---    1-112-2         10-13-10-0-ge SS7
       240-012-006   rlghncbb003 yes ---    1-112-3         10-13-10-1-fr SS7
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1-fr SS7
       240-012-008   ----------- yes ---    1-113-5         10-13-10-2-ge SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       2-131-1       rlghncbb023 no  ---    222-210-000     11-11-8-1-ge  SS7
       2-131-2       ----------- no  ---    222-211-001     11-11-8-2-fr  SS7
       2-131-3       ----------- no  ---    222-211-002     11-11-8-3-ge  SS7
       4-163-5       ----------- no  ---    250-200-007  --------------   SS7
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1-fr   --------    no  ---    210-090-100     1-75-6        SS7
       7-9-10-1-ge   --------    no  ---    210-100-100     2-175-6       SS7
       10-15-2-3-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-200     2-121-1       SS7
       10-15-2-3-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-200     2-100-1       SS7
       10-15-3-0-fr  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-200-201     2-121-2       SS7
       10-15-3-0-ge  rlghncbb013 no  ---    222-100-201     2-100-2       SS7
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   21
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    

    If a quantity of proxy point codes is enabled, the number of proxy point codes that are provisioned in the database are shown at the end of the rtrv-dstn output as shown in this example.

    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   31
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC (s)                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  36
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  22
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    This procedure cannot be used to change the DPC value (dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24). To change the DPC value, the destination point code must be removed, then re-entered. Perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the point code from the database. To add the new point code, perform one of these procedures.

    If the DPC value is not being changed, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display all the attributes of the point code being changed, using the rtrv-dstn command with either the dpca, dpci, dpcn, or dpcn24 parameters.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-007

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       240-012-007   ----------- yes ---    1-117-3         10-13-11-1-fr SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   21
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    If a proxy point code is assigned to the DPC, and you wish to change the proxy point code assigned to the DPC, the DPC must be removed, then re-entered with the new proxy point code value. Perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the point code from the database. To add the new point code, perform one of these procedures.

    If a proxy point code is not assigned to the DPC, continue the procedure with 3.

  3. To change the attributes of a DPC, these entities must be checked depending on how the attributes of the DPC will be changed. Perform these commands and procedures as required depending on how the attributes of the DPC will be changed.

    The type of point code being added, ANSI, ITU-I, ITU-N, ITU-N24 must be shown in the rtrv-dstn output or the rtrv-sid output. If the point code type is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform the rtrv-sid command in 4. If the point code type is not shown in the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-sid outputs, perform the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to add a point code of the desired point code type.

    If the new point code will be a 14-bit ITU-N point code, and a group code will be assigned to the point code, the group code must be defined in rtrv-sid output in 4, rtrv-dstnoutput in 1, or rtrv-spc output in 5. If the group code is not shown in either of these outputs, perform the Adding a Point Code to the Self-Identification of the EAGLE procedure to add an entry with the desired group code. If the group code will be different from the ones shown in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-dstn outputs, perform the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure to add a secondary point code with the desired group code.

    If a secondary point code value will be changed, the new secondary point code must be shown in the rtrv-spc output in 5. If the new secondary point code is shown in the rtrv-spc output, and the Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent PC feature is enabled and turned on, the new secondary point code cannot be the secondary point code of a linkset. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 8 to verify if the Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent PC feature is enabled and turned on. If the Multiple Linksets to Single Adjacent PC feature is enabled and turned on, enter the rtrv-ls command in 6 with the spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 parameter with the new secondary point code value from the rtrv-spc output. It the secondary point code is not shown in the rtrv-spc output, perform the Adding a Secondary Point Code procedure to add the desired secondary point code. The spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24 parameter cannot be specified for a DPC that contains a proxy point code, shown the PPCA/PPCI/PPCN/PPCN24 field when the individual DPC is displayed.

    If the clli parameter value will be changed, the new clli parameter value cannot be shown in the rtrv-sid or rtrv-dstn outputs. Enter the rtrv-sid command in 4 to verify the CLLI value in the self-identification of the EAGLE.

    The format of a 14-bit ITU-N point code must match the format defined by the NPCFMTI value in the rtrv-stpopts output. Enter the rtrv-stpopts in 7 to verify the NPCFMTI value. If you wish to change the format, perform 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats.

    To specify an alias point code with the DPC, specifying the new alias point code cannot exceed the maximum alias point code quantity shown in the ALIASES ALLOCATED: or the Alias table row in the rtrv-dstn output. If the maximum alias point code quantity will be exceeded, remove enough alias point codes to allow the new alias point code to be added. Enter the chg-dstn command with the DPC that contains the alias point code that is being removed and with the aliasa/aliasi/aliasn/aliasn24=none parameter. Enter this command as needed to remove the required number of alias point codes.

    If the nprst or rcause parameters will be specified with the DPC, the TIF Number Portability feature must be enabled. If the current rcause value is none and the current nprst value is off, enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 8 to verify that the feature is enabled. If the feature is not enabled, perform the procedures in TIF - User's Guide to enable the TIF Number Portability feature.

    If the splitiam parameter will be specified with the DPC, at least one of these features must be enabled.
    • TIF Number Portability
    • TIF SCS Forwarding
    • TIF Simple Number Substitution
    • TIF Additional Subscriber Data
    • TIF Generic Routing Number

      If the current splitiam value is none, enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 8 to verify if any of these features are enabled. If none of these features are enabled, perform the procedures in TIF - User's Guide to enable one of more of these features.

    If the prx=yes parameter will be specified with the DPC, the Proxy Point Code feature must be enabled. The addition of the proxy point code with the prx=yes parameter cannot exceed the enabled proxy point code quantity, shown in the PPC table or PROXY DPC(s): row of the rtrv-dstn output. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 8 to verify if a proxy point code quantity is enabled. If a proxy point code quantity is enabled, the Proxy Point Code feature is enabled. To enable the Proxy Point Code feature or increase the proxy point code quantity, perform the Changing the Proxy Point Code Quantity procedure. The prx=yes parameter cannot be specified for the DPC if any of these conditions are present.
    • If the enabled quantity is 100 and 100 proxy point codes are in the database.
    • If the DPC is a private point code, a cluster point code, a network routing point code, or the adjacent point code of an IPGWx linkset. The private point codes, cluster point codes, and network routing point codes are shown in the rtrv-dstn output. Display the linkset with the rtrv-ls command in 10, then re-enter the rtrv-ls command in 11 with the name of the linkset that has the DPC as its adjacent point code to verify if the linkset is an IPGWx linkset.

    If the current PRX value is yes, the PRX value cannot be changed if the DPC is referenced by other point codes as a proxy point code. Enter the rtrv-dstn command in 9 with the ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 parameter and the DPC that is being changed to verify if the proxy point code is referenced by other point codes. Perform the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure to remove the point code that reference the proxy point code.

    The sccpmsgcnv parameter specifies the kind of conversion performed on messages for the specified destination. This parameter can be specified only if the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. Enter the rtrv-ctrl-feat command in 8 to verify that the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is enabled and turned on. If the XUDT UDT Conversion feature is not enabled or turned on, perform the "Activating the XUDT UDT Conversion Feature" procedure in Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to enable and turn on the XUDT UDT Conversion feature.

    After the required entities have been verified and provisioned, continue the procedure with 12.

  4. Display the EAGLE self-identification, using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       PCA             PCI          PCN                CLLI              PCTYPE
       100-100-100     3-75-7       7-9-8-1-fr         rlghncxa03w       OTHER
    
       CPCA
       002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
       002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
       004-002-001       004-003-003       050-060-070
    
       CPCA (LNP)
       005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-005
    
       CPCI
       1-002-1           1-002-2           1-002-3          1-002-4
       2-001-1           7-222-7
    
       CPCN
       2-0-10-3-fr       2-0-11-0-fr       2-0-11-2-fr      2-0-12-1-fr
       2-2-3-3-fr        2-2-4-0-fr        10-14-10-1-fr
    
  5. Display the secondary point codes in the database with the rtrv-spc command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    SPCA
        001-010-010
        002-010-010
        003-010-010
        010-100-010
    SPC-I
            1-253-5
            2-254-6
            3-255-7
            4-100-1
    SPC-N
           10-1-11-1-ge
           13-2-12-0-ge
           14-15-12-1-ge
    SPC-N24
    none
    Secondary Point Code table is (11 of 40) 28% full
    
  6. A secondary point code cannot be added to a DPC if that secondary point code is assigned to any linksets.

    Display the linksets that have the secondary point code assigned to them by entering the rtrv-ls command with either the spc/spca, spci, spcn, or spcn24 parameters.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:spca=010-100-010

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-19 17:06:08 EST  37.5.0     
         
    SPCA = 010-100-010
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS 
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS    
    lsn1          000-007-000   none 1   1   no  PRX 0    off off off no    off    
    lsn2          001-001-001   none 1   1   no  PRX 0    off off off no    off    
    
    Link set table is (11 of 1024) 1% full. 
    
  7. Display the existing values for the npcfmti parameter by entering the rtrv-stpopts command.

    The value for the npcfmti parameter is shown in the NPCFMTI field. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    STP OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    NPCFMTI        4-4-4-2
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-stpopts command, see thertrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.
  8. Display the features that are enabled by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      4000000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  on      3000
    Large System # Links      893005901  on      1500
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  9. Display the point codes in the database that have the proxy point code assigned to them by entering the rtrv-dstn command with the ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 parameter. The ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 parameter value is the proxy point code being removed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:ppca=002-002-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:16:37 EDT EAGLE5 41.0.0     
         
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
       000-005-000   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       PRX = no      PPC =    002-002-002 
    
       001-001-002   ----------- no  --- ----------      --------------   SS7
       PRX = no      PPC =    002-002-002
    
       Destination table is (11 of 2000) 1% full
       Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
       PPC table is (2 of 10) 20% full 
    
  10. Display the linksets in the database by entering the rtrv-ls command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2          001-207-000   none 1   1   no  B   6    off off off no    off
    ls1305        000-005-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307        000-007-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    e1m1s1        001-001-001   none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    e1m1s2        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    lsn10         240-012-007   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls20          002-002-002   none 1   1   no  PRX 1    off off off no off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCI   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2i         1-207-0       none 1   1   no  B   4    off off off ---   on
    ls1315        0-015-0       none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    ls1317        0-017-0       none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   on
    e1m2s1        1-011-1       none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    e1m2s2        1-011-2       none 1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    
    Link set table is (10 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  11. Display the attributes of the linkset shown in 10 whose APC is the DPC being changed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the lsn parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsn10

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:16:37 EDT EAGLE5 37.0.0     
    
                                         L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS     
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS    
    lsn10         240-012-007   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
               CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               -----------  1          ---    no
    
               IPGWAPC MATELSN    IPTPS LSUSEALM SLKUSEALM GTTMODE
               yes     ---------- 200    100    % 80      % CdPA
    
    
               LOC  PORT SLC TYPE
               1211 A     0  SS7IPGW
    
    Link set table is (10 of 1024) 1% full. 
    
  12. Change the destination point code using the chg-dstn command.

    If alias point code values will be changed, Table 2-17 shows the DPC and alias point type combinations that can be used with the chg-dstn command.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-dstn:dpca=240-012-007:clli=ls09clli:bei=no:aliasi=2-66-1 :aliasn=0-10-13-3-fr:spca=003-010-010:homescp=yes:homesmsc=yes:sccpmsgcnv=udt2xudt

    chg-dstn:dpci=2-131-2:aliasn=8-10-2-0-fr,s-9-11-1-3-fr

    chg-dstn:dpcn=10-15-3-0-fr:aliasi=3-150-7,s-3-125-2

    If the point code is being changed to a proxy point code, the prx=yes parameter must be specified. The point code cannot be a private point code, cannot have the ipgwapc=yes parameter assigned, and cannot be a cluster or network routing point code.

    If the point code is being changed from a proxy point code to a non-proxy point code, the prx=no parameter must be specified. The proxy point code cannot be assigned to a linkset or to other destination point codes.

    An SPC cannot be assigned to a destination point code if the SPC is assigned to a linkset.

    If the aliasn parameter is specified with the chg-dstn command, make sure that the format of the ITU national alias point code matches the format shown in the NPCFMTI field of the rtrv-stpopts command output shown in 7 or with the format that was defined when the procedure in the 14-Bit ITU National Point Code Formats section was performed in 3.

    When this command has successfully completed, and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (CRMD = off in the rtrv-feat command output), and no proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Destination table is (24 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (29 of 8000) 1% full
    CHG-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), and no proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear when each command has successfully completed.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   21
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  29
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    CHG-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If a proxy point code quantity is enabled and the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned off (shown with the CRMD = off entry in the rtrv-feat command output), this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Destination table is (24 of 2000) 1% full 
    Alias table is (29 of 12000) 1% full
    PPC table is (2 of 10) 20% full
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    If the Cluster Routing and Management Diversity feature is turned on (CRMD = on in the rtrv-feat command output), and a proxy point code quantity is enabled, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 15:35:05 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
        FULL DPC(s):                   24
        EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
        NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
        CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
        Proxy DPC(s):                   2
        TOTAL DPC(s):                  28
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
        ALIASES USED:                  27
        CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
    X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    ENT-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  13. Verify the changes using the rtrv-dstn command, and specifying the destination point code that was entered in 12.
    1. If an ANSI destination point code was changed in 12, use the dpca parameter to display the attributes of the destination point code.
    2. If an ITU international destination point code was changed in 12, use the dpci parameter to display the attributes of the destination point code.
    3. If a 14-bit ITU national destination point code was changed in 12, use the dpcn parameter to display the attributes of the destination point code.
    4. If a 24-bit ITU national destination point code was changed in 12, use the dpcn24 parameter to display the attributes of the destination point code.

      For this example, enter these commands.

      rtrv-dstn:dpca=240-012-007

      This is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
      
         DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI          ALIASN/N24    DMN
         240-012-007   ls09clli    no  ---    2-66-1          0-10-13-3-fr  SS7
      
         SPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
         003-010-010  ---- no      none   off   none     yes    yes   udt2xudt
      
      DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
          FULL DPC(s):                   21
          EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
          NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
          CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
          TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
          ALIASES USED:                  29
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
      RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
      

      rtrv-dstn:dpci=2-131-2

      This is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
      
         DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI    ALIASN          ALIASN       DMN
         2-131-2       ----------- no  ---     8-10-2-0-fr   s-9-11-1-3-fr  SS7
      
         SPCI         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
         -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
      
      DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
          FULL DPC(s):                   21
          EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
          NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
          CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
          TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
          ALIASES USED:                  29
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
      RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
      

      rtrv-dstn:dpcn=10-15-3-0-fr

      This is an example of the possible output.

      
      rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
      
         DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI    ALIASI          ALIASI       DMN
         10-15-3-0-fr  rlgnncbb013 no  ---     3-150-7       s-3-125-2      SS7
      
         SPCN         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
         -----------  ---- no      none   off   none     no     no    none
      
      DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
          FULL DPC(s):                   21
          EXCEPTION DPC(s):               0
          NETWORK DPC(s):                 1
          CLUSTER DPC(s):                 2
          TOTAL DPC(s):                  24
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      ALIASES ALLOCATED:               8000
          ALIASES USED:                  29
          CAPACITY (% FULL):             1%
      X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
      RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
      
  14. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-32 Changing a Destination Point Code



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

2.24 Changing the Group Code Assigned to a 14-Bit ITU National Point Code

This procedure is used to change the group code that is assigned to a 14-bit ITU national point code. The 14-bit ITU national point code to be changed must be in the database.

To change a group code assigned to a ITU national point code, a duplicate point code with the new group code must be configured in the database with a route, linkset, and signaling link to the new destination. Then the 14-bit ITU national point code with the old group code with its route can be removed from the database.

The chg-dstn command cannot be used to change the group code assigned to 14-bit ITU national point codes.

The examples in this procedure are used to remove the group code assigned to ITU national destination point code 7-9-10-1-aa to 7-9-10-1-de. The format of the 14-bit ITU national point codes used in these examples is 4-4-4-2.

Canceling the RTRV-DSTN and RTRV-RTE Commands

Because the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-dstn and rtrv-rte commands can be canceled:

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered, from another terminal other than the terminal where the rtrv-dstn or rtrv-rte command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, refer to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display all the attributes of the 14-bit ITU national point code whose group code is being changed, using the rtrv-dstn command with the dpcn parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpcn=7-9-10-1-aa

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCN          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA          ALIASI        DMN
       7-9-10-1-aa   ----------- no  ---    210-090-100     1-75-6        SS7
       
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       13-2-12-0-aa no           none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    Destination table is (17 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (8 of 8000) 1% full
    RTRV-DSTN: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  2. Display the route configuration of the 14-bit ITU national point code specified in 1, by entering the rtrv-rte command with the dpcn parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rte:dpcn=7-9-10-1-aa

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:02:05 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
       DPCN             ALIASA         ALIASI  LSN        RC    APC
       7-9-10-1-aa      210-090-100    1-75-6  ls04       10    10-4-15-1-aa
                                               ls02       20    12-11-2-0-aa
                                               ls03       30    8-1-15-2-aa
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=ls04clli
    
  3. Go to the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure and add the duplicate ITU national point code with the new group code.

    For this example, the new point code is 7-9-10-1-de.

  4. Go to the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure and remove the 14-bit ITU national point code with the old group code, specified is 1 and 2.

    This procedure will also remove the route to the point code with the old group code, the linkset used by this route, and the signaling links in that linkset. Record the configuration of the signaling links in the linkset. This information will be used to restore these signaling links in 6.

    Note:

    If the DPC specified in 2 is not the adjacent point code of a linkset, shown in the APCN field of the rtrv-rte output, continue the procedure with 7.bof 7.
  5. Perform the Adding an SS7 Linkset procedure to add a new linkset to the database containing the 14-bit ITU national point code with the new group code specified in 3 as the APC of the linkset.
  6. Perform the Adding an SS7 Signaling Link procedure to dd the signaling links that were removed by the Removing a Destination Point Code procedure in step 4 and specifying the linkset name of the linkset that was added in 5.
  7. If the DPC specified in 2 is the adjacent point code of a linkset and a new linkset was created in 5, then perform 7.a. If the DPC specified in 2 is not the adjacent point code of a linkset, then perform 7.b. Do not perform 7.a and 7.b.
    1. Perform one of the “Adding a Route” procedures in Chapter 3 to add the route to the 14-bit ITU national point code with the new group code specifying the name of the linkset created in step 5 and the 14-bit ITU national point code with the new group code from 3.
    2. Perform one of the “Adding a Route” procedures in Chapter 3 to add the route to the 14-bit ITU national point code with the new group code specifying the 14-bit ITU national point code with the new group code from 3.
  8. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 2-33 Changing the Group Code Assigned to a 14-Bit ITU National Point Code